IPS-E-IN-120(1)

IPS-E-IN-120(1) ‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﻔﺘﺎر‬ FOREWORD The Iranian Petroleum Standards (IPS) reflect the views of the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum and are intended for use in the oil and gas production facilities, oil refineries, chemical and petrochemical plants, gas handling and processing installations and other such facilities. IPS is based on internationally acceptable standards and includes selections from the items stipulated in the referenced standards. They are also supplemented by additional requirements and/or modifications based on the experience acquired by the Iranian Petroleum Industry and the local market availability. The options which are not specified in the text of the standards are itemized in data sheet/s, so that, the user can select his appropriate preferences therein. The IPS standards are therefore expected to be sufficiently flexible so that the users can adapt these standards to their requirements. However, they may not cover every requirement of each project. For such cases, an addendum to IPS Standard shall be prepared by the user which elaborates the particular requirements of the user. This addendum together with the relevant IPS shall form the job specification for the specific project or work. The IPS is reviewed and up-dated approximately every five years. Each standards are subject to amendment or withdrawal, if required, thus the latest edition of IPS shall be applicable The users of IPS are therefore requested to send their views and comments, including any addendum prepared for particular cases to the following address. These comments and recommendations will be reviewed by the relevant technical committee and in case of approval will be incorporated in the next revision of the standard. Standards and Research No.19, Street14, North kheradmand department Karimkhan Avenue, Tehran, Iran. Postal Code- 1585886851 Tel: 021- 88810459-60 & 021- 66153055 Fax: 021-88810462 Email: Standards@nioc.org ‫( ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه دﻳﺪﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎي‬IPS) ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬ ‫وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ و ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻧﻔﺖ‬ ،‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻲ و ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ‬،‫ ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬،‫و ﮔﺎز‬ ‫ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت اﻧﺘﻘﺎل و ﻓﺮاورش ﮔﺎز و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ‬ .‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬ ‫ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل ﺑﻴﻦ‬،‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه و ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﺰﻳﺪهﻫﺎﺋﻲ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻴﺎت ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻛﺸﻮر و‬.‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ ﻣﻮاردي‬،‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻻ از ﺑﺎزار داﺧﻠﻲ و ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻴﺎز‬ .‫ﺑﻄﻮر ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ و ﻳﺎ اﺻﻼﺣﻲ در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻟﺤﺎظ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻮاردي از ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﻣﺘﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ آورده ﻧﺸﺪه‬ ‫اﺳﺖ در داده ﺑﺮگﻫﺎ ﺑﺼﻮرت ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬ .‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان آورده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬ ‫ ﺑﺸﻜﻠﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺗﺪوﻳﻦ ﺷﺪه‬،‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬ .‫اﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﺎزﻫﺎي ﺧﻮد را ﺑﺎ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎل ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻧﻴﺎزﻣﻨﺪيﻫﺎي ﭘﺮوژه ﻫﺎ را ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬ ‫ در اﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮارد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎزﻫﺎي ﺧﺎص‬.‫ﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪ‬ ‫ اﻳﻦ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪ‬.‫آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ و ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬ ‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻨﻲ آن ﭘﺮوژه و ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎر‬،‫ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬ .‫ﺧﺎص را ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ داد‬ ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﻫﺮ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺳﺎل ﻳﻜﺒﺎر ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻗﺮار‬ ‫ در اﻳﻦ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬.‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ و روزآﻣﺪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬ ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردي ﺣﺬف و ﻳﺎ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﺑﻪ آن اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﻮد و ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ‬ .‫ﻫﻤﻮاره آﺧﺮﻳﻦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻼك ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ درﺧﻮاﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻧﻈﺮﻫﺎ و‬،‫از ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات اﺻﻼﺣﻲ و ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮارد‬ ‫ ﻧﻈﺮات و‬.‫ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ زﻳﺮ ارﺳﺎل ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬،‫ﺧﺎص ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮدهاﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات درﻳﺎﻓﺘﻲ در ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و در‬ ‫ﺻﻮرت ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ در ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻈﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﻌﺪي اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ‬ .‫ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬ ‫ ﻛﻮﭼﻪ‬،‫ ﺧﺮدﻣﻨﺪ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎن ﻛﺮﻳﻤﺨﺎن زﻧﺪ‬،‫ ﺗﻬﺮان‬،‫اﻳﺮان‬ 19 ‫ ﺷﻤﺎره‬،‫ﭼﻬﺎردﻫﻢ‬ ‫اداره ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎت و اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ‬ 1585886851 : ‫ﻛﺪﭘﺴﺘﻲ‬ 66153055 ‫ و‬88810459 - 60 : ‫ﺗﻠﻔﻦ‬ 88810462 : ‫دور ﻧﮕﺎر‬ Standards@nioc.org :‫ﭘﺴﺖ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬ : ‫ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬ GENERAL DEFINITIONS: Throughout this Standard definitions shall apply. the following : ‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ‬ COMPANY : Refers to one of the related and/or affiliated companies of the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum such as National Iranian Oil Company, National Iranian Gas Company, National Petrochemical Company and National Iranian Oil Refinery And Distribution Company. ‫ ﻣﺜﻞ‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ از ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻫﺎي اﺻﻠﻲ و ﻳﺎ واﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ‬ ‫ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ‬،‫ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﮔﺎز اﻳﺮان‬،‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬ ‫ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ و ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺶ و ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﺮآوردهﻫﺎي‬ .‫ﻧﻔﺘﻲ اﻃﻼق ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬ :‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬ PURCHASER : Means the “Company" where this standard is a part of direct purchaser order by the “Company”, and the “Contractor” where this Standard is a part of contract documents. ‫ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺷﺮﻛﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﻣﺪارك ﺳﻔﺎرش‬ ‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ آن ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎري ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ‬ .‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﻣﺪارك ﻗﺮارداد آن اﺳﺖ‬ :‫ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه و ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬ VENDOR AND SUPPLIER: Refers to firm or person who will supply and/or fabricate the equipment or material. ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ و ﻳﺎ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات و ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎي‬ .‫ﻣﻮرد ﻟﺰوم ﺻﻨﻌﺖ را ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬ :‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر‬ CONTRACTOR: Refers to the persons, firm or company whose tender has been accepted by the company. ‫ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ و ﻳﺎ ﺷﺮﻛﺘﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدش‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺨﺺ‬ .‫ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺼﻪ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬ : ‫ﻣﺠﺮي‬ EXECUTOR : Executor is the party which carries out all or part of construction and/or commissioning for the project. ‫ﻣﺠﺮي ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮوﻫﻲ اﻃﻼق ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻳﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ از ﻛﺎرﻫﺎي‬ .‫اﺟﺮاﺋﻲ و ﻳﺎ راه اﻧﺪازي ﭘﺮوژه را اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﺪ‬ :‫ﺑﺎزرس‬ INSPECTOR : The Inspector referred to in this Standard is a person/persons or a body appointed in writing by the company for the inspection of fabrication and installation work ‫ﮔﺮوه ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪاي اﻃﻼق‬/‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎزرس ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮد‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻛﺘﺒﺎً ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و ﻧﺼﺐ‬ .‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ :‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬ SHALL: Is used where a provision is mandatory. .‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن اﺟﺒﺎري اﺳﺖ‬ :‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬ SHOULD: Is used where a provision is advisory only. .‫ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲرود‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ ﺿﺮورت اﻧﺠﺎم آن ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬ :‫ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ‬ WILL: Is normally used in connection with the action by the “Company” rather than by a contractor, supplier or vendor. ‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس‬ .‫ﻧﻈﺎرت ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ : ‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬ MAY: Is used where discretionary. .‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ زﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ رود‬ a provision is completely .‫ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲرود‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن اﺧﺘﻴﺎري ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ IPS-E-IN-120(1) ENGINEERING STANDARD FOR TEMPERATURE INSTRUMENTS FIRST REVISION MAY 2010 ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺮاي‬ ‫اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ دﻣﺎ‬ ‫وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ اول‬ 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ This Standard is the property of Iranian Ministry of Petroleum. All rights are reserved to the owner. Neither whole nor any part of this document may be disclosed to any third party, reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written consent of the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum. ‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺣﻘﻮق آن ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ‬.‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ‬ ‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻳﺎ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ‬،‫ﻣﺎﻟﻚ آن ﺑﻮده و ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪون رﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﺘﺒﻲ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬ ،‫ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل‬،‫ ذﺧﻴﺮه ﺳﺎزي‬،‫ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻳﺎ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ازﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺗﻜﺜﻴﺮ‬،‫از اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬ .‫ﻳﺎ روش دﻳﮕﺮي در اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻓﺮاد ﺛﺎﻟﺚ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬ May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ CONTENTS: Page No IPS-E-IN-120(1) :‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬ 1. SCOPE ............................................................... 3 3 ......................................................‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬-1 2. REFERENCES .................................................. 3 3 ............................................................. ‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬-2 3. UNITS................................................................. 5 5 ............................................................‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬-3 4. GENERAL ......................................................... 5 5 ............................................................ ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬-4 5. FILLED SYSTEM AND BIMETALLIC DIAL THERMOMETERS......................................... 7 ‫ دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺠﻬﺎي دو ﻓﻠﺰي ﺑﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺪرج و ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬-5 7 ............................................................ ‫ﭘﺮﺷﺪه‬ 6. RESISTANCE TYPE TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT............................................. 10 10 ............................ ‫ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي دﻣﺎ از ﻧﻮع ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ‬-6 6.1 Application ........................................................10 10 ........................................................ ‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬1-6 6.2 Resistance Temperature Detector’s .......... 10 10 ......................... ‫ آﺷﻜﺎرﺳﺎزﻫﺎي دﻣﺎي ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ‬2-6 6.3 Thermistor ................................................... 11 11 .......................................... ‫ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻲ‬3-6 6.4 RTD Extension Wires ................................. 11 11 ............ ‫ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي راﺑﻂ آﺷﻜﺎرﺳﺎزﻫﺎي ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ‬4-6 7. TERMINOLOGY AND SYMBOLS ............... 12 12 ................................................. ‫ واژﮔﺎن و ﻧﻤﺎدﻫﺎ‬-7 7.1 Thermo Element ..............................................12 12 .............................................. ‫ اﻟﻤﺎن ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬1-7 7.2 Thermocouples ............................................ 12 12 .............................................. ‫ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻫﺎ‬2 -7 7.3 Thermocouple Signals ................................ 13 13 ................................ ‫ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ‬3-7 7.4 Thermocouple Elements ............................. 14 14 .................................... ‫ اﻟﻤﺎن ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ‬4-7 7.5 Thermocouple Trunking ............................ 14 14 ............... ‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻛﺸﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ‬5-7 7.6 Thermocouple Assembly ............................ 15 15 ...................................... ‫ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ‬6-7 8. THERMOWELLS AND POCKETS FOR TEMPERATURE DETECTING ELEMENTS....................................................... 16 ‫ ﭼﺎﻫﻚ ﻫﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ و ﻏﻼف ﻫﺎ ﺟﻬﺖ اﻟﻤﺎنﻫﺎي‬-8 16 .................................................. ‫آﺷﻜﺎرﺳﺎز دﻣﺎ‬ 1 May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ IPS-E-IN-120(1) 9. TEMPERATURE TRANSMISSION .............. 19 19 ........................................................ ‫ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل دﻣﺎ‬-9 10. TEMPERATURE INDICATING, RECORDING AND CONTROLLING INSTRUMENTS.............................................. 20 ‫ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و‬،‫ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه‬-10 20 .............................................. ‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه دﻣﺎ‬ 11. RADIATION-TYPE PYROMETERS .......... 22 22 ................................ ‫ دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻫﺎي ﻧﻮع ﺗﺸﻌﺸﻌﻲ‬-11 12. OPTICAL PYROMETERS ........................... 23 23 ............................................. ‫ دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻫﺎي ﻧﻮري‬-12 DATA SHEETS: :‫داده ﺑﺮگ ﻫﺎ‬ 2 May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ ‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬-1 1. SCOPE ‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﺮاي اﻧﻮاع ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬ ‫ ﮔﺎز‬،‫اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي دﻣﺎ و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻛﻪ در ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﻔﺖ‬ ‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬،‫و ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ در ﺑﺴﻴﺎري ﻣﻮارد ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮده ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‬ .‫ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ‬ ‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ دﻣﺎ در داﺧﻞ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎي‬ :‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ذﻳﻞ ﺷﺮح داده ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬ This standard represents the minimum and general engineering requirements for different types of temperature measurement and control instruments, which are used widely in oil, gas and petrochemical industries. Temperature instruments will be discussed in this standard within different sections, which are as follow: - General. -Filled System Thermometers. IPS-E-IN-120(1) and Bimetallic ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬‫ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﭘﺮﺷﺪه ودﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻫﺎي ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺪرج دو ﻓﻠﺰي‬- Dial ‫ ﻧﻮع ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي دﻣﺎ‬(‫ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻫﺎ )زوج ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬‫ ﭼﺎﻫﻚ ﻫﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ و ﻏﻼف ﻫﺎي دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻫﺎ‬‫ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي دﻣﺎ‬ ‫ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬، ‫ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ‬‫دﻣﺎ‬ ‫ ﻧﻮع ﺗﺎﺑﺸﻲ اﺑﺰار ﺳﻨﺞ ﻫﺎ‬‫ اﺑﺰار ﺳﻨﺞ ﻫﺎي ﻧﻮري‬‫ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬7 ‫ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل دﻣﺎي اﻧﺘﻘﺎل ﻣﻮاد ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬ .‫ "دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﻣﻮاد ﻧﻔﺘﻲ" رﺟﻮع ﺷﻮد‬API -Resistance Type Temperature Measurement. - Thermocouples. - Thermowells and Pockets of Thermometers. - Temperature Transmitters. -Temperature Indicating, Controlling Instruments. Recording and - Radiation-type pyrometers - Optical pyrometers For custody transfer temperature measurement reference to be made to chapter 7 of API’s “Manual of petroleum measurement standards”. :1 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬ Note 1: ‫ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬1376 ‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد در آﺑﺎن ﻣﺎه ﺳﺎل‬ ‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و روز آﻣﺪ ﺷﺪ و ﻣﻮارد ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان اﺻﻼﺣﻴﻪ‬ .‫ اﺑﻼغ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪ‬6 ‫ ﻃﻲ ﺑﺨﺸﻨﺎﻣﻪ ﺷﻤﺎره‬1 ‫ﺷﻤﺎره‬ This standard specification is reviewed and updated by the relevant technical committee on Oct. 1997, as amendment No. 1 by circular No. 6. :2 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬ Note 2: ‫ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺑﺎزﻧﮕﺮي ﺷﺪه اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻓﻮق ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد دو زﺑﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ‬1389 ‫ﻛﻪ در اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ ﻣﺎه ﺳﺎل‬ (0) ‫ از اﻳﻦ ﭘﺲ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬.‫( اراﻳﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬1) ‫و ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬ .‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻨﺴﻮخ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ This bilingual standard is a revised version of the standard specification by the relevant technical committee on May 2010, which is issued as revision (1). Revision (0) of the said standard specification is withdrawn. :3 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬ Note 3: ‫ ﻣﺘﻦ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ‬،‫در ﺻﻮرت اﺧﺘﻼف ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎرﺳﻲ و اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ‬ .‫ﻣﻼك ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ In case of conflict between Farsi and English languages, English language shall govern. ‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬-2 2. REFERENCES ‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﻪ آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎ و اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ دار و ﺑﺪون‬ ‫ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪي ﻛﻪ در اﻳﻦ‬،‫ اﻳﻦ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬.‫ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ زﻳﺮ اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬ ‫ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬،‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪاﻧﺪ‬ ‫ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻣﻼك‬،‫ در ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ دار‬.‫ﻣﺤﺴﻮب ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ Throughout this Standard the following dated and undated standards/codes are referred to. These referenced documents shall, to the extent specified herein, form a part of this standard. For dated references, the edition cited applies. The 3 May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ IPS-E-IN-120(1) applicability of changes in dated references that occur after the cited date shall be mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Vendor. For undated references, the latest edition of the referenced documents (including any supplements and amendments) applies. ،‫ﺑﻮده و ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ در آﻧﻬﺎ داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬ ‫ در ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬.‫ﭘﺲ از ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ و ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺟﺮا ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ آﺧﺮﻳﻦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ اﻧﻀﻤﺎم ﻛﻠﻴﻪ اﺻﻼﺣﺎت و‬،‫ﺑﺪون ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ‬ .‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖﻫﺎي آن ﻣﻼك ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ API (AMERICAN PETROLEUM INSTITUTE) (‫ )ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ ﻧﻔﺖ آﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬API RP 551 "Process Measurement Instrumentation-Temperature" RP 556 "Instrumentation and Control System for Fired Heaters and Steam Generators" MPMS "Manual of Petroleum Measurement Standards" Chapter 7: "Temperature Determination" "‫دﻣﺎ‬- ‫"اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬ ‫"ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻮرهﻫﺎ و‬ "‫ژﻧﺮاﺗﻮرﻫﺎي ﺑﺨﺎر‬ ‫"دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي‬ "‫ﻣﻮاد ﻧﻔﺘﻲ‬ " ‫"ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ دﻣﺎ‬ ANSI (AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTION) B16.5 "Pipe Flanges Fittings" ISA-MC96.1 "Temperature Thermocouples" and RP 556 MPMS -7 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬ (‫ )ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ ﻣﻠﻲ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي آﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬ANSI Flanged " ‫"ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻫﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻲ‬ Measurement ASME (AMERICAN SOCIETY MECHANICAL ENGINEERS) RP 551 B16.5 "‫ "ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞﻫﺎي اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي دﻣﺎ‬ISA - MC 96.1 (‫ )اﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﺎن ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻚ آﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬ASME OF CSD-1 "Control and Safety Devices for Automatically Fired Boilers” ‫"وﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺑﺮاي دﻳﮓﻫﺎي‬ "‫ﺑﺨﺎر آﺗﺶ ﻛﻦ ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر‬ CSD-1 PTC 19.3 "Temperature Measurement Instruments and Apparatus" PTC 19.3 PVHO-1 "Safety Standard for Pressure Vessels for Human Occupancy" ‫" دﺳﺘﮕﺎهﻫﺎ و ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ اﻧﺪازه‬ " ‫ﮔﻴﺮي دﻣﺎ‬ ‫" اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر‬ "‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻧﺴﺎن ﺣﻀﻮر دارد‬ IEC (INTERNATIONAL ELECTROTECHNICAL COMMISSION) (‫ )ﻛﻤﻴﺴﻴﻮن ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﺗﻜﻨﻴﻚ‬IEC 60079 "Electrical Apparatus for Explosive Gas Atmospheres" 60529 "Classification of Degrees of Protection Provided by Enclosure (IP Code)" 60584 "Thermocouples” Reference 60751 "Industrial Platinum Resistance Thermometer Sensors" 61520 "Metal ‫"وﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻓﻀﺎﻫﺎي ﮔﺎزي‬ "‫ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪ اﻧﻔﺠﺎر‬ ‫"ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪي درﺟﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ‬ "(IP ‫)آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬ "‫ ﺟﺪاول ﻣﺮﺟﻊ‬1- ‫" ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻫﺎ" ﺑﺨﺶ‬ Part 1 Tables" thermowells PVHO-1 ‫"ﺣﺴﮕﺮﻫﺎي دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ ﭘﻼﺗﻴﻨﻴﻮم‬ "‫ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ‬ for 4 60079 60529 60584 60751 May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ thermometer sensors–Functional dimensions" ‫"ﭼﺎﻫﻚ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﺰي ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺴﮕﺮ ﻫﺎي‬ "‫ اﺑﻌﺎد ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮدي‬-‫دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ‬ BSI(BRITISH STANDARDS INSTITUTION) BS 1560 IPS-E-IN-120(1) 61520 ( ‫ ) ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻳﺘﺎﻧﻴﺎ‬BSI ‫"ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺑﺮاي ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻫﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي‬ BS 1560 "Specification for Steel Pipe Flanges (Nominal Sizes ½ in. to 24 in.) for Petroleum Industry" ‫ اﻳﻨﭻ( ﺑﺮاي‬24 ‫اﻳﻨﭻ ﺗﺎ‬ BS 2765 "Specification for Dimensions of Temperature Detecting Elements and Corresponding Pockets" ‫" ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺑﺮاي اﺑﻌﺎد اﻟﻤﺎن ﻫﺎي‬ " ‫آﺷﻜﺎرﺳﺎزي دﻣﺎ وﻏﻼف ﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬ BS 2765 BS 5235 "Dial-type Thermometers" Expansion ‫"دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻫﺎي ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ اي ﻧﻮع ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬ "‫ﻣﺪرج‬ BS 5235 BS 6175 "Temperature Transmitters with Electrical Output" " ‫"ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪهﻫﺎي دﻣﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬ BS 6175 1 ‫ﻧﺎﻣﻲ‬ 2 ‫)اﻧﺪازه‬ " ‫ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﻧﻔﺖ‬ (‫ )اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬IPS IPS(IRANIAN PETROLEUM STANDARDS) Standard for "‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬IPS-E-GN-100 "Engineering Standard Transmission Systems" for "‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎي اﻧﺘﻘﺎل‬IPS-E-IN-190 IPS-M-IN-120 "Material Standard for Temperature Instruments" ‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻛﺎﻻ ﺟﻬﺖ ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬IPS-M-IN-120 "‫دﻣﺎ‬ IPS-C-IN-120 "Construction and Installation Standard for Temperature Instruments" ‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻧﺼﺐ و ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺟﻬﺖ ادوات‬IPS-C-IN-120 "‫اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ دﻣﺎ‬ IPS-E-GN-100 "Engineering Units" IPS-E-IN-190 ‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬-3 3. UNITS ‫ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ‬،(SI) ‫ ﺑﺮﻣﺒﻨﺎي ﻧﻈﺎم ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬،‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬ ‫ ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ در ﻣﺘﻦ‬،‫ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬IPS-E-GN-100 ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬ .‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﻪ واﺣﺪ دﻳﮕﺮي اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ This Standard is based on International System of Units (SI), as per IPS-E-GN-100, except where otherwise is specified. ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬-4 4. GENERAL 4.1 Mercury-in-steel thermometers shall be used for transmission, local indication, local recording or local control of temperature. ‫ ﻧﺸﺎن‬،‫ دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻدي ﻣﺤﺘﻮي ﺟﻴﻮه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺘﻘﺎل‬1-4 4.2 Bimetallic dial thermometers shall be used when local indication is required, and when errors in indication in excess of 1% of the span are acceptable. ‫ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺪرج دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞﻫﺎي دو ﻓﻠﺰي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺸﺎن‬2-4 ‫ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﺤﻠﻲ دﻣﺎ ﻣﻮرد‬،‫دﻫﻨﺪه ﻣﺤﻠﻲ‬ .‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬ ‫دﻫﻨﺪه ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎي ﺑﻴﺶ از ﻳﻚ درﺻﺪ‬ .‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﮔﺴﺘﺮه ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ : ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬ Note: -‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻲ‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺤﻞﻫﺎي ﻣﻤﻠﻮ از ﻧﻤﻚ و ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺧﻮرﻧﺪه‬ They are not recommended for areas with salt 5 May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ laden or corrosive atmosphere. IPS-E-IN-120(1) .‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﻮن اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻫﺎي ﺟﻴﻮهاي‬3-4 4.3 Mercury-in-glass thermometers shall be used for test measurements. .‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬ -‫ دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﺑﻪ روشﻫﺎي ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪه ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه‬4-4 4.4 Thermal-filled systems shall be normally used for local temperature indication and on pneumatic control systems where control over narrow span is required. See Table 3. ‫ در ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻫﻮاﺋﻲ و ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل در‬،‫ﻫﺎي ﻣﺤﻠﻲ‬ 3 ‫ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪول‬.‫ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮد‬،‫ﮔﺴﺘﺮه ﺑﺎرﻳﻚ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ‬ .‫رﺟﻮع ﺷﻮد‬ 4.5 Thermocouples or resistance thermometers are the preferred means of temperature measurement for centralized control and for multipoint indication or recording. ‫ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞﻫﺎي ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي دﻣﺎ‬5-4 4.6 The choice between resistance thermometers and thermocouples shall be made taking the following points into consideration: ‫ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺑﻴﻦ دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞﻫﺎي ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ و ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬6-4 ‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﺘﻤﺮﻛﺰ و ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪهﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ‬ .‫ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ داده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬، ‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪاي‬ :‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻜﺎت ذﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ a) Where accuracy of measurement greater than that obtainable with a thermocouple is required, a resistance thermometer shall be used. ‫اﻟﻒ( ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ دﻗﺖ اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺧﻮاﺳﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از دﻗﺖ‬ b) Resistance thermometers shall not be used where high frequency vibration is present, e.g. in high velocity steam or gas streams. ‫ب( ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻟﺮزش ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ زﻳﺎد وﺟﻮد دارد دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞﻫﺎي‬ c) Resistance thermometers will be considered, when differential temperature measurement is required over a narrow span, and for temperature measurements which require a high speed of response. (See Figs. 20 and 21). ‫ج( دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞﻫﺎي ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي اﺧﺘﻼف دﻣﺎ‬ d) Resistance thermometers shall be used, when mean temperature measurement is required over a zone. ‫ در ﻳﻚ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻧﻴﺎز‬، ‫د( زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ دﻣﺎ‬ e) Resistance thermometers shall be used where; condensation within a protective pocket would preclude the use of thermocouples, (e.g. low temperature applications). ‫ﻫ( ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﻌﺎﻧﺎت ﮔﺎزي داﺧﻞ ﻏﻼف ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺘﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از‬ ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬ .(‫)ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﺜﺎل ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎي دﻣﺎي ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬ Should it be absolutely necessary to use thermocouples for sub-zero temperature, special precautions shall be taken in order to eliminate short circuiting of the thermocouple wires, such as thermocouples with protective sheath. ‫در ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ از ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﺑﺮاي دﻣﺎي زﻳﺮ ﺻﻔﺮ‬ ‫ در ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺬف اﺗﺼﺎل ﻛﻮﺗﺎه ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي‬،‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬ ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ اﺣﺘﻴﺎط وﻳﮋه ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬،‫ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ‬ .‫در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬ .‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ اﺳﺖ‬ ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل در ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺨﺎر ﻳﺎ ﮔﺎز‬،‫ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬ .‫ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ‬ ‫ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ‬،‫در ﮔﺴﺘﺮه ﺑﺎرﻳﻚ و ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي دﻣﺎ‬ ‫ و‬20 ‫ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻧﻴﺎز اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞﻫﺎي‬ .(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬21 .‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬،‫اﺳﺖ‬ 4.7 Where precise control is not essential, selfacting temperature controllers may be used. ‫ از ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي‬،‫ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل دﻗﻴﻖ ﺿﺮوري ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬7-4 4.8 Temperature switches, locally mounted, shall be the filled system bulb type or bimetallic element. They shall meet the electrical ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻮع ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ‬،‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي دﻣﺎي ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه در ﻣﺤﻞ‬8-4 .‫دﻣﺎي ﺧﻮد ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬ ‫ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪي‬.‫ﺣﺒﺎب ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ اﻟﻤﺎن دو ﻓﻠﺰي ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ 6 May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ classification and shall have mercury or micro switches. Removable thermowells shall be furnished. IPS-E-IN-120(1) ‫اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ را رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﻮده و داراي ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺟﻴﻮهاي ﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﻜﺮوﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ‬ .‫ ﭼﺎﻫﻚﻫﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﺤﺮك ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي دﻣﺎ ﻛﻪ در اﺗﺎق ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻳﺎ روي ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲ‬ ‫ اﻳﻨﻬﺎ‬.‫ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ داراي ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬،‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ .‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﺟﺒﺮان ﺳﺎز اﺗﺼﺎل ﺳﺮد ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ Temperature switches mounted in the control room or on a local panel may be thermocouple actuated. These shall have cold junction compensation. 5. FILLED SYSTEM AND BIMETALLIC DIAL THERMOMETERS ‫ دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞﻫﺎي دو ﻓﻠﺰي ﺑﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺪرج و ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬-5 5.1 The filled system thermometer is designed to provide an indication or record of temperature at some distance from the point of measurement. The sensitive or measuring element (bulb) contains a gas, vapor or liquid which changes in physical characteristics with temperature. This change is communicated through a capillary to bourdon tube, bellows or diaphragm. The bourdon (or bellows or diaphragm) responds to the signal from the bulb to provide a motion related in some definite way to the bulb temperature. ‫ دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﭘﺮﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر آﻣﺎده ﻛﺮدن ﻳﻚ ﻧﺸﺎن‬1-5 ‫ﭘﺮﺷﺪه‬ ‫دﻫﻨﺪه ﻳﺎ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻛﺮدن دﻣﺎ در ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ دور از ﻧﻘﺎط اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي‬ (‫ ﺣﺴﮕﺮﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ اﻟﻤﺎن ﻫﺎي اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي )ﺣﺒﺎب‬.‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬ ‫ ﺑﺨﺎر ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ دﻣﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬،‫ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﺎز‬ ،‫ اﻳﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ از ﻣﻴﺎن ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻮردن‬.‫ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬،‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‬ ‫ ﺑﻮردن )ﻳﺎ ﻓﺎﻧﻮس ﻳﺎ‬.‫ ﻳﺎ دﻳﺎﻓﺮاﮔﻤﻲ ارﺗﺒﺎط ﭘﻴﺪا ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‬،‫ﻓﺎﻧﻮﺳﻲ‬ ‫دﻳﺎﻓﺮاﮔﻢ( ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺣﺒﺎب ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻣﻲدﻫﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻲ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ‬ .‫دﻣﺎي ﺣﺒﺎب ﺑﺎ روﺷﻬﺎي ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻲ اﻳﺠﺎد ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎي ﭘﺮﺷﺪه از ﺑﺨﺎر ﺑﺮاي دﻣﺎي ﺑﺎ ﮔﺴﺘﺮه ﺑﺎرﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ‬2-5 5.2 Vapor filled systems are preferred for narrow span or cross ambient temperature. .‫دﻣﺎي در ﺣﺪود دﻣﺎي ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ داده ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﭘﺮﺷﺪه از ﮔﺎز ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺮاي دﻣﺎي ﺑﺎ ﮔﺴﺘﺮه ﭘﻬﻦ و دﻣﺎي‬ . ‫ﺑﺎﻻ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ دارد‬ .(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬31 ‫ ﺷﻜﻞ‬، 4 ‫ و‬3 ‫)ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪول‬ Liquid and gas filled system is preferred for wide span and elevated temperature. (See Table 3 & 4, Fig. 31). 5.3 Generally, capillary tubing is required to transmit the temperature bulb signal to the instrument case. The capillary runs from the bulb the instrument activating mechanism. The transmitted signal is in the form of a pressure which represents the instantaneous temperature sensed by the bulb. It shall be required to restrict separation of the bulb from the actuating mechanism to a certain limit as described in table 3. Capillary tubing shall be supplied with adequate protection against corrosion and accidental mechanical damage. Capillary tubing of all filled system with remote bulb shall be adequately compensated. ‫ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺘﻘﺎل ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل دﻣﺎي ﺣﺒﺎب ﺑﻪ‬3-5 Capillary tubing shall be supported throughout its length. .‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﻳﻴﻦ در ﺗﻤﺎم ﻃﻮل ﻣﺴﻴﺮش ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﻧﮕﻪ دارﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ 5.4 Case compensation is accomplished by bimetallic spring "d" rotating pressure spring "c" in an opposite direction so as to counteract for thermal expansion of the liquid in the spring due to ambient temperature changes. (See Fig. 34) ‫" ﻛﻪ ﻓﻨﺮ‬d" ‫ ﺟﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ﺳﺎزي ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﻨﺮ دو ﻓﻠﺰي‬4-5 ،‫ ﺳﻴﺎل داﺧﻞ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﺋﻴﻦ از ﺣﺒﺎب‬.‫ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴﻖ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ‬ .‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﺮده و ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰم ﻣﺤﺮك اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ را ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ارﺳﺎﻟﻲ از ﻧﻮع ﻓﺸﺎر اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ دﻣﺎي ﺣﺲ ﺷﺪه آﻧﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﺣﺒﺎب از ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰم‬.‫ﺣﺒﺎب را ﻧﺸﺎن ﻣﻲدﻫﺪ‬ ‫ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬3 ‫ﻓﻌﺎل ﻧﻤﻮدن ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪودي ﻛﻪ در ﺟﺪول‬ ‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ‬.‫اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﺮدد‬ ‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﻳﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪه‬.‫و ﺻﺪﻣﻪ اﺗﻔﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬ .‫ﺑﺎ ﺣﺒﺎب از راه دور ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪر ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺟﺒﺮان ﺳﺎزي ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫" را در ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻣﻲ ﭼﺮﺧﺎﻧﺪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﺪه ﺑﻄﻮرﻳﻜﻪ‬c" ‫ﻓﺸﺎري‬ ‫ﺑﺎ اﻧﺒﺴﺎط ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ درون ﻓﻨﺮ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات دﻣﺎي ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‬ (‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬34 ‫ )ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬.‫ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬ 7 May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ IPS-E-IN-120(1) 5.5 Case and capillary compensation is accomplished by means of an auxiliary spiral and capillary tubing. The compensating capillary extends parallel to the measuring capillary to terminate at the bulb of the measuring system. The measuring and compensating spirals are interconnected so as to expand in opposite directions. Therefore, a change in temperature within the instrument case or along the capillary tubing will affect both actuating spirals by the same amount, and therefore the measurement will be responsive only to the measuring spiral. (See Fig. 35) ‫ ﺟﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ﺳﺎزي ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﺋﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺎرﭘﻴﭻ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ و‬5-5 A different approach is used by one instrument manufacturer to compensate for ambient temperature conditions. The system consists of the usual bulb, capillary and spring components. Compensation is obtained by using a special alloy "filler wire" extending through the bore of the capillary tubing. The filler wire has a coefficient of expansion so related to that of the tubing and the liquid that fills the system, so that expansion and contraction of the mercury is exactly counteracted by the difference in expansion of the capillary tubing and its filler wire. ‫ﻳﻚ روش دﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ در ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﺒﺮان ﺑﺮاي‬ ‫ اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺒﺎرت اﺳﺖ‬.‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ دﻣﺎي ﻣﺤﻴﻂ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬ ،‫ روش ﺟﺒﺮان ﺳﺎزي‬.‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﻳﻴﻦ و ﻣﺎرﭘﻴﭻ‬،‫از ﻳﻚ ﺣﺒﺎب ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ‬ ‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻳﻚ آﻟﻴﺎژ ﻣﺨﺼﻮص "ﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﻐﺰي" اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ داﺧﻞ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬ ‫ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﻐﺰي داراي‬.‫ﻣﻮﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮازات آن اﻣﺘﺪاد ﭘﻴﺪا ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‬ ‫ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ و ﻣﺎﻳﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ را ﭘﺮ‬،‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ اﻧﺒﺴﺎﻃﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ اﻧﺒﺴﺎط و اﻧﻘﺒﺎض ﺟﻴﻮه‬.‫ﻛﺮده اﺳﺖ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﻔﺎﺿﻞ اﻧﺒﺴﺎﻃﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﻳﻴﻦ و ﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﻐﺰي را دﻗﻴﻘﺎً ﺑﻲ اﺛﺮ‬ .‫ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬ 5.6 Nominal insertion length shall be selected to allow complete immersion of the bulb in the measured fluid. To obtain best results immersion length should be at least 75 mm for water, 100 mm for oils and gases. ‫ ﻃﻮل ﻧﺎﻣﻲ وارد ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ اي اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ‬6-5 ‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﻳﻴﻦ ﺟﺒﺮان ﺳﺎزي ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮازات‬.‫ﻧﺎﻳﻪ ﻣﻮﻳﻴﻦ اﻧﺠﺎم ﻣﻲ ﭘﺬﻳﺮد‬ ‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﻳﻴﻦ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﺗﺎ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﺣﺒﺎب ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي‬ ‫ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي و ﻣﺎرﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎي ﺟﺒﺮان ﺳﺎز ﺑﻪ‬.‫اداﻣﻪ ﭘﻴﺪا ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‬ ‫ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ‬.‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮر اﻧﺒﺴﺎط در ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ دﻣﺎ در داﺧﻞ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻳﺎ در اﻣﺘﺪاد ﻧﺎﻳﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ‬ ‫ ﻣﺎرﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎ را ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎن ﻣﻘﺪار اﺛﺮ ﮔﺬار ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ و‬،‫ﻣﻮﻳﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎرﭘﻴﭻ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي واﻛﻨﺶ ﻧﺸﺎن‬ .(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬35 ‫ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ داد )ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬ ‫ در‬.‫ﻏﻮﻃﻪوري ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺣﺒﺎب در داﺧﻞ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮ را اﺟﺎزه دﻫﺪ‬ 75 ‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻃﻮل ﻏﻮﻃﻪوري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬ .‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮاي روﻏﻦ ﻫﺎ و ﮔﺮﻳﺲ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬100 ،‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮاي آب‬ ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻏﻮﻃﻪ وري اﺿﺎﻓﻲ در ﺟﻬﺖ ﺧﻨﺜﻲ‬50 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬20 ‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از‬ ‫ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً اﻳﻦ‬.‫ﻛﺮدن اﺛﺮ ﮔﺮﻣﺎي اﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻠﺰ در ﮔﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬ .‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮس اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬550 ‫در دﻣﺎي ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از‬ It is recommended that an additional 20-50 mm immersion be used in order to nullify the effect of heat conduction through metal in the well neck. Generally this shall not be used for more than 550°C. 5.7 The error due to the effect of the head of liquid if the detecting element and gage are at different levels shall be taken into account in calibration. ‫ اﮔﺮ اﻟﻤﺎن ﺣﺴﮕﺮ و‬،‫ ﺧﻄﺎي ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از اﺛﺮ ﻣﻘﺪار ﺑﺎﻻي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬7-5 5.8 Bimetallic temperature indicating thermometers shall be dial type, hermetically sealed, heavy-duty with stainless steel socket, straight stem or every angle pattern to suit the application. ‫ دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻫﺎي ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه دو ﻓﻠﺰي دﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬8-5 ‫ﻛﺎﻟﻴﺒﺮاﺳﻴﻮن‬ ‫اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي در ﺳﻄﻮح ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬ .‫در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬ ‫ ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﻛﺎر ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ داراي‬،‫ ﺑﺎ آب ﺑﻨﺪي ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﭼﺴﺒﻴﺪه‬،‫ﻣﺪرج‬ ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎت زاوﻳﻪ اي‬،‫ﺳﺮﭘﻴﭻ ﻓﻮﻻد ﺿﺪ زﻧﮓ‬ .‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ Ranges shall be selected so that normal operating temperature indication is approximately midscale. ،‫ﮔﺴﺘﺮهﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮري اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ در دﻣﺎي ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ‬ .‫ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه دﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً در وﺳﻂ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ 5.9 Where lines are subject to vibration or may be run in inaccessible locations, the use of filled ‫ ﺟﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻄﻮط در ﻣﻌﺮض ﻟﺮزش و ﻳﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ دﺳﺘﺮس‬9-5 ‫ ﻧﺎﻳﻪ‬.‫ دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ 8 May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ IPS-E-IN-120(1) system thermometers shall be considered. Armoured capillary tubing supported throughout its length shall be used for connecting the bulbs to the indicators. ‫ﻛﺸﻲ ﻣﻮﻳﻴﻦ زرهدار در ﺗﻤﺎم ﻃﻮﻟﺶ ﺑﺮاي اﺗﺼﺎل ﺣﺒﺎب ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ‬ .‫ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪهﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻜﺎر ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬ 5.10 Normally bimetallic thermometers used up to 400°C. ‫ درﺟﻪ‬400 ‫ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞﻫﺎي دو ﻓﻠﺰي ﺗﺎ دﻣﺎي‬10-5 .‫ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮس اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ 9 May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ IPS-E-IN-120(1) 5.11 If non-insertion length of stem exceeds 300 mm, (12 in.) it is advisable to use a stem support. 12) ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ‬300 ‫ اﮔﺮ ﻃﻮل وارد ﻧﺸﺪه ﻣﺤﻮر ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از‬11-5 6. RESISTANCE TYPE TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT ‫ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي دﻣﺎ از ﻧﻮع ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ‬-6 ‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد از ﻳﻚ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬،‫اﻳﻨﭻ( اﺳﺖ‬ .‫ﺷﻮد‬ 6.1 Application ‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬1-6 Resistance-type temperature measurement can provide more accurate measurement of temperature than is possible with thermocouple installations. Accordingly, resistance units are used in many installations where their greater accuracy is warranted, such as in low-differential temperature measurement. To obtain the greater accuracy and sensitivity inherent in a resistance system and to minimize thermal lag, it is important that optimum thermowell dimensions (for the particular resistance element) be employed to maintain good contact between the resistance bulb and the well. For this reason, wells for resistance bulbs frequently are provided with the resistance bulbs as matched units. ‫اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي دﻣﺎ از ﻧﻮع ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ دﻗﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ اﻧﺪازه‬ ‫ در‬.‫ﮔﻴﺮي دﻣﺎ را ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ زوج ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻴﺴﺮ و ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻛﻨﺪ‬ ‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎي ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ در اﻏﻠﺐ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ در آن‬،‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ‬ ‫ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي دﻣﺎي‬،‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﻗﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮي ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬ ‫ ﺑﺮاي دﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ دﻗﺖ و‬.‫ﺗﻔﺎﺿﻠﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬ ‫ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺖ ذاﺗﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ در ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ و ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ اﻧﺪازه‬،‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﺪن ﺗﺎًﺧﻴﺮ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﭼﺎﻫﻚ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ )ﺑﺮاي اﻟﻤﺎن ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﻣﺨﺼﻮص( و‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻗﺮاري اﺗﺼﺎل ﺧﻮب ﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺒﺎب ﺣﺴﮕﺮ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ و ﭼﺎﻫﻚ‬ ‫ ﭼﺎﻫﻚﻫﺎ اﻏﻠﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺒﺎبﻫﺎي ﺣﺴﮕﺮ‬،‫ ﺑﻪ اﻳﻦ دﻟﻴﻞ‬.‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ .‫ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت واﺣﺪﻫﺎي ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ اراﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬ ‫ درﺟﻪ‬980 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬-270 ‫اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮ دﻣﺎ از ﻧﻮع ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ را در ﺑﺎزه‬ ‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮس‬800‫ ﺗﺎ‬-250‫ و‬،(‫ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮس)ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬ .‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬1 ‫ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪول‬.‫)ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدي( ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﻤﻮد‬ Resistance-type temperature measurement can be used in the ranges of -270 to 980°C (extreme), and -250 to 800°C (practical). See Table 1. ‫ آﺷﻜﺎرﺳﺎزﻫﺎي دﻣﺎي ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ‬2-6 6.2 Resistance Temperature Detector’s Resistance temperature elements are available in many configurations, with the most common type being a tip-sensitive construction (see Figs. 13 through 24). Even though most resistance elements used in the petroleum industry are mounted in a thermowell, the elements shall be used bare when very fast (5-6 second) response times are required. ‫( ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬RTDs) ‫آﺷﻜﺎرﺳﺎزﻫﺎي دﻣﺎي ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ در ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي آﺷﻜﺎرﺳﺎز ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از دﻣﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ‬ ‫ دو ﻧﻮع ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي آﺷﻜﺎرﺳﺎز ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً در اﻟﻤﺎنﻫﺎي‬.‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‬ ‫ ﻓﻠﺰ ﻧﻴﻜﻞ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺤﺪوده ﺗﺎ‬،‫ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮده ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮس و ﻓﻠﺰ ﭘﻼﺗﻴﻦ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺤﺪودهﻫﺎي‬315 ‫دﻣﺎي‬ ‫ ﻛﻪ در ﺳﻴﻢ‬،‫ ﻧﻮع ﺳﻮم ﻧﻴﺰ ﻓﻠﺰ ﻣﺲ‬.‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮس‬800 ‫ﺗﺎ‬ ‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮس ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲرود‬150 ‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﻫﺎي ﺑﺰرگ ﺗﺎ‬ .‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬1 ‫ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ داده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد( ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪول‬PT100 ) ‫اﻟﻤﺎن ﻫﺎي دﻣﺎي ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ در ﺧﻴﻠﻲ از ﭘﻴﻜﺮﺑﻨﺪي ﻫﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد‬ -‫ ﺣﺴﮕﺮ ﻧﻮﻛﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬،‫ راﻳﺞﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر‬.‫اﺳﺖ‬ ‫ ﺑﻬﺮ ﺣﺎل ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺎنﻫﺎي‬.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬24 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬13 ‫ﻫﺎي‬ ‫ در ﭼﺎﻫﻚ‬،‫ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﻔﺖ ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮده ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ ﻛﻪ اﻟﻤﺎن ﻟﺨﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ .‫ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ( ﻻزم اﺳﺖ‬6 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬5) ‫وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ زﻣﺎن ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ‬ The use of transmitters, multiplexers, and micro processors, is applicable to resistance temperature devices. Precautions and practices encountered using thermocouples also apply to resistance temperature devices with two ،‫ ﻣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﭘﻠﻜﺴﺮﻫﺎ و ﻣﻴﻜﺮوﭘﺮوﺳﺴﻮرﻫﺎ‬،‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪهﻫﺎ‬ ‫ اﻗﺪام اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻲ‬.‫ﺑﺎ وﺳﺎﺋﻞ دﻣﺎي ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺟﺮا ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ ‫ در ﻣﻮاﺟﻪ ﺷﺪن ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ‬،‫و ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮدي‬ -‫ﺑﺎ دو اﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎي وﺳﺎﺋﻞ دﻣﺎي ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ در زﻳﺮ ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮده ﻣﻲ‬ Resistance temperature detectors (RTDs) ope rate on the principle of change in ele ctrical resistance on the d etector wire as a fun ction of temperature. Two types of de tector wires are generally used in res istance elements, nickel for ranges up to (31 5°C) and platinum for ranges up to (80 0°C). A third type, copper, is used in lar ge motor windings up to 150°C. (PT 100 is preferred). (See Table 1). 10 May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ exceptions: IPS-E-IN-120(1) :‫ﺷﻮد‬ ‫( ﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﺴﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ اﺗﺼﺎل وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺧﻮاﻧﺪﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ‬1 1) Ordinary copper wire is used to connect the readout device to the sensor. The most commonly used configuration provides one wire connection to one end and a two-wire connection to the other end of the sensor. This compensates for resistance and temperature change in the lead wire. ‫ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻴﻜﺮﺑﻨﺪي ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬.‫ﺣﺴﮕﺮ ﺑﻜﺎرﺑﺮده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬ ‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﻳﻚ ﺳﻴﻢ در اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻳﻚ ﻃﺮف و اﺗﺼﺎل دو ﺳﻴﻢ‬ ‫ اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ و‬.‫در ﻃﺮف ﺣﺴﮕﺮ را ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‬ .‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات دﻣﺎ در ﺳﻴﻢ راﻫﻨﻤﺎ را ﺟﺒﺮان ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫ اﻟﻤﺎن ﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻳﻜﻲ از‬.‫( ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن ﻣﻄﻠﻖ اﺳﺖ‬2 2) The reading is absolute. Elements are available conforming to one of two curves, European R= 0.00385 ohms/ohm/degree Celsius, or American R=0.00392 ohms/ohm/degree Celsius. Both curves are based on a sensing element resistance of 100 ohms at 0 degree Celsius. /‫ اﻫﻢ‬R= 0.00385 ‫ اروﭘﺎﺋﻲ‬،‫دو ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﭘﻴﺮوي ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬ /‫ اﻫﻢ‬R= 0.00392 ‫ ﻳﺎ آﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎﺋﻲ‬،‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮس‬/‫اﻫﻢ‬ ‫ ﻫﺮ دو ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس اﻟﻤﺎن‬.‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮس‬/‫اﻫﻢ‬ .‫ اﻫﻢ در ﺻﻔﺮ درﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮس ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬100 ‫ﺣﺴﮕﺮ‬ ‫ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻲ‬3-6 6.3 Thermistor ‫ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﻫﺎدي اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ دﻣﺎي ﺑﺰرﮔﻲ از‬ ‫ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ‬.‫ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ )ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﻣﻨﻔﻲ( را ﺑﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺬارد‬ ‫ درﺟﻪ‬1 ‫ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬،‫ ﻣﺤﺪودهﻫﺎي ﻣﻘﻴﺎس ﻛﻞ‬،‫ﺣﺴﺎس ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫ دﻣﺎي ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬.‫ﻓﺎرﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ را اﺟﺎزه ﻣﻲدﻫﻨﺪ‬ ‫ ﺗﺎ‬93 ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ در ﺟﻨﺲ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﻫﺎدي ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬ ‫ ﻓﺎرﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬750 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬200) ‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮس‬398 .‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬ ‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد آن در آﻧﺎﻻﻳﺰرﻫﺎي ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻫﺪاﻳﺖ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻲ و اﻧﺪازه‬ ‫ اﻣﺎ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﻫﺎي ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ‬.‫ﮔﻴﺮي ﻫﺎي آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﻮده اﺳﺖ‬ .‫ﻧﻴﺰ در ﺣﺎل اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ A thermistor is a semiconductor exhibiting a large (usually negative) temperature coefficient of resistance. They are very sensitive, permitting full-scale ranges of less than 1°F. The upper operating temperature is determined by physical changes in the semiconductor material and is typically 93°C to 398°C (200°F to 750°F). Applications have been in thermal conductivity analyzers and laboratory measurements, but industrial applications are increasing. ‫ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي راﺑﻂ آﺷﻜﺎرﺳﺎزﻫﺎي ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ‬4-6 6.4 RTD Extension Wires ‫ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي راﺑﻂ ﺗﻜﻲ )ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺳﻪ ﺗﺎ( از اﻟﻤﺎن ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬ ‫اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺳﺮ ﻳﺎ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻗﻄﻊ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎً ﺑﻪ واﺣﺪ‬ ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﻳﻚ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر‬.‫اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺷﻮد‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ و ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎ اﻏﻠﺐ در ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺳﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﻪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﻤﺖ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي دﻣﺎي ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ روي ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ‬ ‫ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﺲ اﻓﺸﺎن ﺑﺎ‬.‫ﻧﺼﺐ اﺳﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‬ ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮده ﻣﻲ‬./75 ‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺣﺪ اﻗﻞ‬ .‫ﺷﻮد‬ ،‫ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺎن ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮده ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬ .‫ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﻮار ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ -‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ از ﻛﺎﺑﻞﻫﺎي ﭼﻨﺪﺗﺎﻳﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل‬ ‫ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎدي ﭼﻨﺪ ﺗﺎﻳﻲ داﺧﻞ‬.‫ﻫﺎ را ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ‬ ،‫ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ‬،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬./75 ‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬ ‫ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﻣﺠﺎز ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ‬ .‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬ Individual extension wires (usually three) from the resistance element may terminate in a connection head or in a quick disconnect fitting or extend directly to the measuring unit. Generally, a connection head is employed and the wires are frequently run in a three-wire cable to the board-mounted resistance temperature measuring instrument. The wire normally used is minimally 0.75 mm2, stranded copper. Where multiple installations of resistance elements are used, the wires can be run to a field terminal strip. A multi conductor cable is then used to bring the signals into the control panel. The wire in the multi conductor cable may be 0.75 mm2, however, for long distances; a check should be made with the manufacturer on allowable wire resistance. 11 May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ IPS-E-IN-120(1) ‫ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ وﻳﮋه‬.‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﻲ وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪارد‬1/6 ‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺗﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﺮاي ﺣﻔﻆ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﺪاد اﺗﺼﺎل ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻫﺎ در ﺳﻴﻢ‬ .‫راﺑﻂ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ‬ Generally, no problem exists up to 1.6 kilometers. Special attention needs to be directed at maintaining a minimal number of junctions or terminations in the extension wire. 6.5 To compensate for changes in ambient temperature, resistance thermometers shall be connected to measuring instruments by either a three or four wire system. (See Fig. 13 through 24). ‫ دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺒﺮان ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات دﻣﺎي ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‬5-6 6.6 To measure the same temperature for two different purposes a dual element resistance thermometer shall be used. ‫ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﻫﻤﺎن دﻣﺎ ﺑﺮاي دو ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬6-6 6.7 The use of converters with resistance bulbs are more common both for pneumatic and electronic systems. Such converters allow the use of standard transmission signals and offer more flexibility in the use of receiver equipment. ‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﺒﺪلﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺒﺎبﻫﺎي ﺣﺴﮕﺮ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ ﺑﺮاي‬7-6 6.8 The converter where compatible, shall be mounted in the control center. .‫ ﻣﺒﺪلﻫﺎي ﺳﺎزﮔﺎر در ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬8-6 6.9 All terminal enclosures shall have suitable protection for area classification and weather proof condition. ‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮاي‬9-6 6.10 For more details regarding cable and wiring reference to be made to IPS-E-IN-190 "Transmission Systems". ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ در راﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ و ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﻪ‬10-6 ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ از ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺳﻪ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻬﺎر ﺳﻴﻤﻪ ﺑﻪ ادوات‬ .(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬24 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬13 ‫اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮد )ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬ .‫ دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ دو اﻟﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮده ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬ ‫ﻫﺮ دو ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻧﻴﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ و اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻴﺖ‬ ‫ اﻳﻦ ﻣﺒﺪلﻫﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎلﻫﺎي اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد و‬.‫دارﻧﺪ‬ ‫اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮي در اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪه را در‬ .‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻣﻲﮔﺬارد‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ اي و ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺿﺪ آب و ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ را داﺷﺘﻪ‬ .‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ ‫ "ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎي اﻧﺘﻘﺎل" ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ‬IPS-E-IN-190 ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬ .‫ﺷﻮد‬ ‫ واژﮔﺎن و ﻧﻤﺎدﻫﺎ‬-7 7. TERMINOLOGY AND SYMBOLS ‫ اﻟﻤﺎن ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬1-7 7.1 Thermo Element ‫اﻟﻤﺎن ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻳﻜﻲ از دو ﻫﺎدي اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ‬ .‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ را ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻲ دﻫﻨﺪ‬ Thermo element is one of the two dissimilar electrical conductors comprising a thermocouple. ‫ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻫﺎ‬2 -7 7.2 Thermocouples A thermocouple is two dissimilar thermo elements so joined as to produce a thermal EMF when the measuring and reference junctions are at different temperatures. ‫ از دو اﻟﻤﺎن ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪه‬،‫ﻳﻚ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ‬ ‫ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻧﻴﺮوي ﻣﺤﺮﻛﻪ‬،‫و ﺑﻬﻢ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ ‫ زﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي و‬،‫( ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬EMF) ‫اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬ .‫ﻣﺮﺟﻊ در دﻣﺎﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲ روﻧﺪ‬ 7.2.1 Measuring junction is that junction of a thermocouple which is subjected to the temperature to be measured. ‫ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ از اﺗﺼﺎل‬،‫ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي‬1-2-7 7.2.2 Reference junction is that junction of a thermocouple which is at a known temperature or which is automatically compensated for its ‫ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ از اﺗﺼﺎل ﻳﻚ‬،‫ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﺮﺟﻊ‬2-2-7 .‫ﻳﻚ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ دﻣﺎ ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻛﻪ در ﻳﻚ دﻣﺎي ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر‬ .‫ﺟﺒﺮان ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي آن دﻣﺎ اﺳﺖ‬ 12 May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ IPS-E-IN-120(1) temperature. Note: Normally the thermocouple element is terminated at the connection head. However, the reference junction is not ordinarily located in the connection head but is transferred to the instrument by the use of thermocouple extension wire. ‫ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً اﻟﻤﺎن ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﺑﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺳﺮ ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪ ﭘﻴﺪا‬:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬ 7.2.3 Extension wire is a pair of wires having such temperature-EMF characteristics relative to the thermocouple with which the wires are intended to be used that, when properly connected to the thermocouple, the reference junction is transferred to the other end of the wires. ‫ ﺳﻴﻢ راﺑﻂ ﻳﻚ زوج ﺳﻴﻢ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ داراي‬3-2-7 ‫ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﺮﺟﻊ در اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﺤﻞ ﺳﺮ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬،‫ اﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ‬.‫ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬ ‫ اﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ راﺑﻂ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ‬،‫ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ‬ .‫اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴﻖ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬ ‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ‬،‫ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ اﺳﺖ‬EMF ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻳﻜﺴﺎن ﺑﺎ زوج‬ ‫ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ‬،‫اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ اﺳﺖ‬ .‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي دﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬ ‫ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ‬3-7 7.3 Thermocouple Signals 7.3.1 The signal from any thermocouple used in conjunction with a shut-down system shall not be connected to any other device. ‫ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل از ﻫﺮ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎ‬1-3-7 7.3.2 When a thermocouple is used for automatic control, a duplicate thermocouple should be provided in the same pocket. The second thermocouple should be connected to a precision indicating instrument, where applicable. ‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر ﺑﻜﺎر‬2-3-7 7.3.3 When two or more thermocouples are located in the same pocket they must be separately and permanently identified regarding their functions e.g. TRC or TI. ‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ دو ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ در ﻫﻤﺎن ﻏﻼف‬3-3-7 7.3.4 To measure the same temperature for two different purposes, a duplex thermocouple should be used. When two or more thermocouples are used to measure the same temperature, they shall be located in the same pocket. When this is not possible and a single thermocouple must be used for two measurements, e.g. skin thermocouples. Care shall be taken to avoid significant interaction between instruments connected to the same thermocouple. Such cases shall be referred to the user to ensure there is adequate impedance on the measuring equipment to avoid interference or measurement errors. ‫ ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي دﻣﺎي ﻳﻜﺴﺎن ﺑﺮاي دو ﻫﺪف‬4-3-7 7.3.5 For temperature ranges and materials of different kinds of thermocouples see table 5. ‫ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺤﺪودهﻫﺎي دﻣﺎ و ﺟﻨﺲ ﻫﺎي اﻧﻮاع ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬5-3-7 7.3.6 All thermocouples shall be checked according to the latest edition of the appropriate standards. ISA recommended practice ISA- MC 96.1 tables may be used for reference. For ‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ آﺧﺮﻳﻦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬6-3-7 .‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻗﻄﻊ اﺿﻄﺮاري ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه دﻳﮕﺮي ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮد‬ ‫ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻫﻤﺎن ﺣﺒﺎب‬،‫ﺑﺮده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ دوﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴﻖ ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه‬.‫ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﺷﻮد‬ .‫ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫دﻗﻴﻘﻲ ﻛﻪ در آﻧﺠﺎ اﺟﺮا ﺷﺪﻧﻲ اﺳﺖ‬ ‫ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮدﺷﺎن ﺑﻄﻮر‬،‫واﻗﻊ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ ‫ ﻳﺎ‬TRC ‫ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﺜﺎل‬.‫ﺟﺪاﮔﺎﻧﻪ و داﺋﻤﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ TI ‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ‬.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ دوﺑﻞ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬ ‫دو ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي دﻣﺎي ﻳﻜﺴﺎن ﺑﻜﺎر‬ ‫ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ‬.‫ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻫﻤﺎن ﻏﻼف واﻗﻊ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﺑﺮده ﺷﻮد‬ ‫اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد اﻣﻜﺎن ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﺑﺮاي دو‬ ‫ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﺜﺎل ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞﻫﺎي‬،‫اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮده ﺷﻮد‬ ‫ ﻣﺮاﻗﺒﺖ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ از اﺛﺮ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ‬.‫ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪاي‬ ‫ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎن ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ اﺟﺘﻨﺎب‬ ‫ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻮاردي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ رﺟﻮع ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬ ‫ﮔﺮدد ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮي ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ روي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي‬ .‫ وﺟﻮد دارد‬،‫ﺑﺮاي دوري از ﺗﺪاﺧﻞ ﻳﺎ اﺷﺘﺒﺎﻫﺎت اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي‬ .‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬5 ‫ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪول‬،‫ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻠﻲ در‬.‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬ISA- MC 96.1 ‫ﺟﺪاول اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬ 13 May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ thermocouple calibration see ANSI / ASME PTC 19.3 table E 9.14. IPS-E-IN-120(1) ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﻟﻴﺒﺮاﺳﻴﻮن ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪول‬.‫اﺳﺖ ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮده ﺷﻮد‬ ANSI / ASME - PTC 19.3 ‫ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬E 9.14 .‫ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬ ‫دﻗﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﺤﺪوده ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه در‬ .‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ Accuracy shall be within the limits of error as specified in above mentioned standards. ‫ اﻟﻤﺎن ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ‬4-7 7.4 Thermocouple Elements 7.4.1 Thermocouples shall be manufactured from bare wire with ceramic insulators (see Fig. 1 & 2) but consideration may be given to the use of metal sheathed mineral insulated couples for special applications e.g. locations subjected to extreme vibration. ‫ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺪون روﻛﺶ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺎﻳﻖﻫﺎي‬1-4-7 7.4.2 The junction of thermocouples shall be in contact with the thermowell to minimize the transfer lag, except where earth currents affect the measurements. ‫ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﭼﺎﻫﻚ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ در ﺗﻤﺎس‬2-4-7 ‫ اﻣﺎ‬.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬2‫و‬1 ‫ﺳﺮاﻣﻴﻚ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد )ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎي ﺧﺎص اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻏﻼف ﻓﻠﺰي‬ ‫ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﺜﺎل‬،‫زوجﻫﺎي ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬ .‫ﻣﺤﻞﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﻣﻌﺮض ﻟﺮزش ﺑﺴﻴﺎر زﻳﺎد ﻗﺮار دارﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل را ﺑﺠﺰ در ﺟﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻫﺎي اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ‬ .‫ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ دﻫﺪ‬،‫زﻣﻴﻦ در اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮي داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ،‫ﺟﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ زﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮد‬ ‫ﺗﺪاﺧﻞ اﻣﻮاج اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ و ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ و ادوات‬ .‫ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬ Where grounded thermocouple is used, the earth connection interferences and suitability of monitors and receiving instruments shall be considered. ‫ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ‬3-4-7 7.4.3 All thermocouple positive leads to the terminating points shall be sleeved and marked +. They shall also be color coded in accordance with ISA-MC96.1, to identify the metals used (see tables 6, 7 & 8), and for thermocouple installation see C.4, C.5 and table C -3. .‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬+ ‫ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﻏﻼف ﺑﻮده و ﺑﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ‬ ‫ ﺑﺎ رﻧﮓ‬ISA MC96.1 ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬ ‫ﻛﺪ ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻓﻠﺰﻫﺎي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﺋﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ )ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ( و ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ‬8 ‫ و‬7، 6 ‫ﺟﺪولﻫﺎي‬ .‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬C-3 ‫ و ﺟﺪول‬C.5 ، C.4 ‫ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ‬ ‫ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻣﻮاد ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ‬4-4-7 7.4.4 Thermocouple leads shall be either mineral insulated, cupronickel covered, PVC sheathed or PVC insulated and served overall. In special cases where the ambient temperature surrounding the leads dictates, suitable insulation and served overall wire shall be used. ‫ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪه‬PVC ‫ ﺑﺎ ﻏﻼف‬،‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ و از ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﺲ و ﻧﻴﻜﻞ‬ ‫ در ﻣﻮارد‬.‫ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬PVC ‫ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ‬،‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺧﺎص ﺟﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ دﻣﺎي ﻣﺤﻴﻂ اﻃﺮاف ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎ اﻟﺰام ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‬ .‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ درﺳﺮﺗﺎﺳﺮ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬ ‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻛﺸﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ‬5-7 7.5 Thermocouple Trunking ‫ ﺑﺠﺰ ﻧﻮع ﻋﺎﻳﻖ‬،(‫ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ )ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي راﺑﻂ‬1-5-7 7.5.1 Thermocouple leads (extension wires), except mineral insulated type, shall be run in conduit or trunking and connected to the thermocouple head by a 1 m. min. length flexible conduit. Mineral insulated cable may be run in trays or trunking. Alternatively, multicore cable with single stranded wire and PVC sheathing is acceptable in specified locations, but is subject to the approval of the user. Sheathing for underground cables if applicable shall be in accordance with the requirements of IPS-E-IN-190 "Transmission Systems”. ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﺑﻪ‬،‫دار ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﻼﻫﻚ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺑﻄﻮل‬ ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ در روي‬.‫ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮد‬1 ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﭼﻨﺪ رﺷﺘﻪاي ﺑﺎ‬،ً‫ ﻣﺘﻨﺎوﺑﺎ‬.‫ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻳﺎ در ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﺷﻮد‬ ‫ در ﻣﺤﻞ ﻫﺎي‬PVC ‫ﺳﻴﻢ اﻓﺸﺎن ﺗﻚ رﺷﺘﻪ اي و ﻏﻼف‬ ‫ اﻣﺎ ﻣﻨﻮط ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﺋﻴﺪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ‬،‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل اﺳﺖ‬ ‫ اﮔﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺟﺮا‬،‫ ﻏﻼف دار ﻛﺮدن ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي زﻳﺮزﻣﻴﻨﻲ‬.‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ IPS-E-IN-190 ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬،‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ 14 May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ IPS-E-IN-120(1) .‫"ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎي اﻧﺘﻘﺎل" ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻛﺸﻲ و ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ و‬2-5-7 7.5.2 Trunking and conduit must be of adequate size and provided with ample inspection covers, etc., to facilitate maintenance and sealing where necessary. The following conditions shall be considered: ‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ درﭘﻮش ﻫﺎي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻓﺮاوان و ﻏﻴﺮه ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري و ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﭼﺴﺒﺎﻧﺪن ﺟﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ را آﺳﺎن‬ :‫ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬.‫ﻛﻨﺪ‬ ‫اﻟﻒ( اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖﻫﺎ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﮕﻮﻧﻪاي اﻧﺘﺨﺎب‬ a) Conduits should normally be sized to carry the total required leads plus two. ‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻛﻞ ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺎ دو ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ را‬ .‫ﺣﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬ ‫ب( ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺿﺪ ﮔﺮد و ﺧﺎك و ﻫﻮا ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و‬ b) The complete installation shall be weather and dust-proof thermocouples and thermocouple extension wires are solid drawn conductors, and shall meet the application requirements according to the practice of ISA MC96.1. ‫ ﻫﺎديﻫﺎي ﺗﻚ رﺷﺘﻪاي‬،‫ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي راﺑﻂ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺘﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﻮده و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدي ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬ .‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ISA MC96.1‫دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬ ‫ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎ از ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ در ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎي ﻛﻮره‬3-5-7 7.5.3 On furnaces applications, leads from thermocouples shall be brought out clear from the furnace to reduce the possibility of fire damage. For these locations mineral insulated extension leads, shall be used (refer to: API RP 556 and see Fig. 32). ‫ﺑﺎ دﻗﺖ ﺑﻴﺮون آورده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ اﺣﺘﻤﺎل ﺧﻄﺮ آﺳﻴﺐ دﻳﺪﮔﻲ از‬ ‫ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي راﺑﻂ‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻞﻫﺎ‬.‫آﺗﺶ ﻛﻮره ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬ API RP 556 ‫ﻋﺎﻳﻖدار ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻜﺎر رود )ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬ .(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬32 ‫و ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬ ‫ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ‬6-7 7.6 Thermocouple Assembly ‫ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﻤﺎن ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ و ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ‬1-6-7 7.6.1 A thermocouple assembly is an assembly consisting of a thermocouple element and one or more associated parts such as terminal block, connection head, and protecting tube. ‫ اﺗﺼﺎل‬،‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از ﺑﺨﺶﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ آن ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻠﻮك ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل‬ . ‫ﺳﺮ و ﻧﺎﻳﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ .(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‬11،10،9،8،7،6،5،4،3 ‫)ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞﻫﺎي‬ (See Fig.3,4.5,6,7,8,9,10,11). ‫ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﺗﻜﻲ و دوﺗﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻏﻼفﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ‬2-6-7 7.6.2 Single and twin thermocouple should fit 6 mm bore pockets. .‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬6 ‫ﺳﻮراخ‬ 1-11 ‫ﺳﻮراخ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ از اﻧﻮاع ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه در ﺷﻜﻞ‬ ‫ ﺑﺎ اﺑﻌﺎد داده ﺷﺪه در ﺟﺪول زﻳﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ‬، A ‫از ﭘﻴﻜﺮﺑﻨﺪي ﻧﻮع‬ ‫ و ﺟﺪولﻫﺎي‬B,C,D ‫ ﺑﺮاي اﺑﻌﺎد ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺳﻮراخﻫﺎي‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ .‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‬IEC 61520 ‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬ The bore may be of the types illustrated in figure 11.1 Type A configuration, with dimensions as given in the following table. For other bore types B, C, & D and relevant tables see IEC 61520. ‫ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ از اﻧﺘﻬﺎي آزاد ﺣﺴﮕﺮ دﻣﺎ‬،‫ ﻃﻮل ﻏﻮﻃﻪ وري‬3-6-7 7.6.3 The immersion length is the distance from the free end of the temperature sensing element or well to the point of immersion in the medium, the temperature of which is being measured. ‫ ﺗﺎ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻏﻮﻃﻪوري ﺳﻴﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﺣﺎل اﻧﺪازه‬،‫ﻳﺎ دﻣﺎي ﭼﺎﻫﻚ‬ .‫ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﮔﻴﺮي اﺳﺖ‬ ‫ ﻃﻮل ﻏﻮﻃﻪوري‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﻛﺴﺐ دﻗﺖ و زﻣﺎن ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ ده ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ‬ ‫ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪار ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻀﺎ اﺟﺎزه‬،‫ﻏﻼف ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ اﮔﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ و ﺑﺨﺶ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻧﺎﻳﻪ‬.‫ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬ ‫ ﺷﺶ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻏﻮﻃﻪوري در‬،‫ﺧﻮب ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ 12 ‫ )ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬.‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊﻫﺎي روان ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬ In order to obtain optimum accuracy and response time the immersion length for a thermocouple installation shall be at least ten times the outside diameter of the thermocouple sheath; this value shall be increased where space permits. With flowing liquids, six diameters immersion may be used if the pipe and the external portion of protecting tube are well 15 May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ IPS-E-IN-120(1) insulated. (See Fig. 12). .(‫ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ 7.6.4 Skin thermocouples shall be installed on selected furnace tubes where coking or carbon blockage may occur or where operating temperature are close to tube design max. Temperature and also where required to provide measurement for operational safe guards. (Refer to: API RP 556, and see Fig. 33). ‫ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪاي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﻧﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎي اﻧﺘﺨﺎب‬4-6-7 7.6.5 Where magnesium-oxide insulated element grounded, hot junction shall be used, sheath diameter shall be 7 mm (¼ in.) size and wire gage shall be approximately 1.5 mm2. ‫ ﺟﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻟﻤﺎن ﺑﺎ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ اﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﻣﻨﻴﺰﻳﻢ اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ‬5-6-7 ‫ﺷﺪه ﻛﻮره ﺟﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ زﻏﺎل ﺳﻮﺧﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ اﻧﺴﺪاد ﻛﺮﺑﻦ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬ ‫واﻗﻊ ﺷﻮد ﻳﺎ ﺟﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ دﻣﺎي ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮدي ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ دﻣﺎي‬ ‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻧﺎﻳﻪ ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد و ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺟﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ‬ ،‫ﺗﺎ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﺷﻮد‬ 33 ‫ و ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬،API RP 556 ‫ )ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬.‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ .(‫ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻏﻼف‬،‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺗﺼﺎل ﮔﺮم ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬،‫ﺷﺪه‬ 1/5 ً‫اﻳﻨﭻ( و اﻧﺪازه ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‬ 1 ) 4 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ‬7 ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬ .‫ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ 7.6.6 Where type k-thermocouple operates on temperature services above 800°C, and hydrogen diffusion to the thermocouple material may be expected, magnesium-oxide insulated thermocouples with inconel protective sheathing should be used, or a titanium getter wire shall be specified in addition to the normal execution, for absorption of the traces of hydrogen. 800 ‫ در دﻣﺎي ﺑﺎﻻي‬k ‫ ﺟﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻧﻮع‬6-6-7 7.6.7 With regard to deterioration (drift) of type k thermocouples, at very high temperature, such as in hydro cracking furnaces, consideration should be given to the use of type Bthermocouple, provided that are used only for furnace coil balancing. ‫ در ﺧﺼﻮص ﺑﺪﺗﺮ ﺷﺪن )راﻧﺪﮔﻲ( ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻫﺎي‬7-6-7 7.6.8 All thermocouples used for furnace coil balancing shall be from the same batch and be calibrated /certified, for the specified operating temperature. In addition to the standard identification, the thermocouple shall be provided with batch and certificate number. ‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻫﺎي ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺮاي اﻳﺠﺎد ﺗﻌﺎدل در‬8-6-7 ‫درﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮس ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲ رود و ﻧﻔﻮذ ﻫﻴﺪروژن ﺑﻪ ﺟﻨﺲ‬ ‫ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ‬،‫ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ اﻧﺘﻈﺎر رود‬ ‫اﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﻣﻨﻴﺰﻳﻢ ﺑﺎ ﻏﻼف ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ اﻳﻨﻜﻮﻧﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬ ‫ ﺟﻬﺖ‬،‫ ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺗﻴﺘﺎﻧﻴﻢ ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮ اﺟﺮاي ﻋﺎدي‬،‫ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬ .‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺟﺬب اﺛﺮﻫﺎي ﻫﻴﺪروژن‬ ‫ از ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻛﻮره ﻫﺎي ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻦ‬،‫ در دﻣﺎي ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﺑﺎﻻ‬،k ‫ﻧﻮع‬ ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ‬B ‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻧﻮع‬،‫ﻫﻴﺪروﻛﺮﺑﻮرﻫﺎ‬ ‫ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮط آﻧﻜﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺮاي اﻳﺠﺎد ﺗﻌﺎدل در ﻛﻮﻳﻞ‬،‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬ .‫ﻛﻮره اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬ ‫ﻛﻮﻳﻞ ﻛﻮره ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻫﻤﺎن دﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﺑﺮاي دﻣﺎي ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮدي‬ ‫ ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ‬.‫ ﻛﺎﻟﻴﺒﺮه ﻳﺎ ﮔﻮاﻫﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه‬ ‫ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي دﺳﺘﻪ و ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﻮاﻫﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬،‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬ .‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ Note: :‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬ Thermocouples used for furnace coil balancing shall be provided with warning plates having black letters on a red background and shall be fixed by means of screws. 7.6.9 For temperature extension wires, see E-IN-190 & IPS-M-IN-190. ‫ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻫﺎي ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻮره ﺳﻴﻢ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﺘﻌﺎدل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﻫﺸﺪار ﻛﻪ داراي ﺣﺮوف ﺳﻴﺎه روي زﻣﻴﻨﻪ‬ .‫ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﭘﻴﭻ و ﻣﻬﺮه ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮد‬ ‫ ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي راﺑﻂ دﻣﺎ‬9-6-7 IPS- .‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‬IPS-E-IN-190 & IPS-M-IN-190 8. THERMOWELLS AND POCKETS FOR TEMPERATURE DETECTING ELEMENTS ‫ ﭼﺎﻫﻚ ﻫﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ و ﻏﻼف ﻫﺎ ﺟﻬﺖ اﻟﻤﺎنﻫﺎي‬-8 8.1 Unless otherwise agreed, temperature detecting elements, and the bulb of the dial thermometers, shall be installed in thermometer ‫ اﻟﻤﺎن ﻫﺎي آﺷﻜﺎرﺳﺎز دﻣﺎ و ﺣﺒﺎب دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞﻫﺎي ﻣﺪرج‬1-8 ‫آﺷﻜﺎرﺳﺎز دﻣﺎ‬ ‫ ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ ﻃﻮر‬،‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻏﻼف ﻫﺎي دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞﻫﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ 16 May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ IPS-E-IN-120(1) pockets. (See Figs. 5, 6, 7, 8 & 9). 9 ‫ و‬8 ،7 ،6 ،5 ‫ )ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻫﺎي‬.‫دﻳﮕﺮي ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ .(‫ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ 8.2 Screwed pockets shall be used for all normal duties, i.e. in services with metal design temperature less than 538°C, or where the pressure - temperature design conditions would not require an ANSI class 900 or greater flange. They shall be constructed in accordance with BS-2765 Standard. ‫ ﻏﻼف ﻫﺎي ﭘﻴﭽﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﻤﻪ ﻛﺎرﻫﺎي ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮرد‬2-8 8.3 For corrosive duties, including hydrogen, or in services with metal design temperature of 538°C or above, or where the pressuretemperature design conditions requires an ANSI class 900 or greater flange, flanged pockets shall be used. They shall fit 40 mm (1.5") flanges to BS-1560 or ANSI-BI6.5. These pockets shall be constructed in accordance with BS-2765 standard. ‫ ﻳﺎ در ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺗﻲ‬،‫ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻫﻴﺪروژن‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺧﻮرﻧﺪه‬3-8 8.4 Generally the internal diameter of pockets for ‫ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻏﻼف ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞﻫﺎي‬4-8 resistance thermometer and thermocouples shall ،‫اﻳﻨﭻ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ be 10 mm. (3/8"), (see BS-2765). For mercury- ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎي‬.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬BS-2765 ‫)ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬ ‫ در ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺎ دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬،‫ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﺜﺎل‬،‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬ ‫ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬،‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮس‬538 ‫ﻓﻠﺰ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬ ‫ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ ﻧﻴﺎز‬ANSI 900 ‫ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻼس‬،‫ﻓﺸﺎر و دﻣﺎ‬ BS-2765 ‫ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬.‫ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﺪ داﺷﺖ‬ .‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ ﻳﺎ‬،‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮس ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ‬538 ‫ﺑﺎ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ دﻣﺎي ﻓﻠﺰ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻓﺸﺎر و دﻣﺎ ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ ﻛﻼس‬ ‫ ﻏﻼف ﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﻨﺞ دار ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ دارد‬ANSI 900 1 5 (‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ) اﻳﻨﭻ‬40 ‫ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‬.‫ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬ ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ‬ANSI-BI6.5 ‫ ﻳﺎ‬BS-1560 ‫ﻃﺒﻖ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬ ‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ‬BS-2765 ‫ اﻳﻦ ﻏﻼف ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ .‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ in-steel systems, a diameter of 13 mm (½ in) is 3 ) ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ‬10 ‫ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬ 8 1 2 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮي ) اﻳﻨﭻ( ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ‬13‫ ﻳﻚ ﻗﻄﺮ‬،‫ﺟﻴﻮه در ﻓﻮﻻد‬ preferred. .‫داده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬ 8.5 Proprietary pockets supplied with instruments should meet the requirements of this standard. ‫ ﻏﻼف ﻫﺎي اﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻲ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬5-8 8.6 Thermocouple and resistance thermometer pocket assemblies shall be provided with weather proof terminal heads certified for the appropriate area classification and the heads shall be orientated so as to prevent ingress of water (IP65 according to IEC 60529), and shall be with standard extension of 20 mm (¾ in.) nipple & union. (See Fig. 3, 4, 8, 10, 11 & 12). ‫ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ و ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻏﻼف دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬6-8 .‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد را رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﻼﻫﻚ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﮔﻮاﻫﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺿﺪ ﻫﻮا ﺟﻬﺖ اﺧﺘﺼﺎص‬ ‫ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد و ﻛﻼﻫﻚ ﻫﺎ‬،‫دادن ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﺪه‬ IP ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ورود آب ﺟﻬﺖ ﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ )ﻛﺪ‬ ‫ و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ اﺗﺼﺎل‬،(IEC 60529 ‫ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬65 .‫اﻳﻨﭻ( ﻣﻬﺮه و ﻣﺎﺳﻮره ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ 3 ) ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮي‬20 ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬ 4 .(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬12 ‫ و‬11 ،10 ،8 ،4 ،3 ‫)ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻫﺎي‬ ‫ در ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻏﻼف ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ در ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎي‬7-8 8.7 In case where thermocouple pockets are installed in erosive catalyst systems they should be fitted with lubricated plug cocks between the well and the thermocouple to be sheared and the well sealed in the event of pocket failure. The length of extension (U-Dimension) shall not be more than 600 mm. (See Fig. 10). ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﻴﺮ و ﭘﻼگ‬،‫ﻛﺎﺗﺎﻟﻴﺰور ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫روﻏﻦ ﻛﺎري ﺑﻴﻦ ﭼﺎﻫﻚ و ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﭼﻴﺪه ﺷﺪه و در ﺻﻮرت‬ ‫ ﻧﺼﺐ‬،‫ ﭼﺎﻫﻚ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت آب ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﺪه‬،‫ﺧﺮاﺑﻲ ﻏﻼف‬ ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ‬600 ‫( ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬U ‫ ﻃﻮل راﺑﻂ )اﺑﻌﺎد‬.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ .(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬10 ‫ )ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ 17 May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ IPS-E-IN-120(1) 8.8 Thermocouple assemblies heads shall be furnished with grounded terminal, except where averaging or differential are required (see Figs. 29.1) ‫ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ‬،‫ ﺑﺠﺰ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻔﺎﺿﻞ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ‬8-8 8.9 Thermowells and thermometer pockets shall be installed in the vertical position wherever possible. ‫ ﭼﺎﻫﻚ ﻫﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ و ﻏﻼف ﻫﺎي دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻫﺮ‬9-8 8.10 In services involving erosion, corrosion or high temperature where the standard thermowell is not suitable, consideration shall be given to alternative materials or method of temperature measurement. ‫ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻳﺎ دﻣﺎي ﺑﺎﻻ‬،‫ در ﺧﺪﻣﺎت ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ‬10-8 8.11 Thermowell for normal services shall be of stainless steel, machined from a solid bar, and screwed to fit into a boss tapped one inch NPT thread, internal thread shall be ½" NPT. ‫ ﭼﺎﻫﻚ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از‬11-8 ‫ﻛﻼﻫﻚ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ‬ .(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬1-29 ‫ )ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ .‫ در ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻋﻤﻮدي ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﺟﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬ ‫ ﻣﻮاد دﻳﮕﺮ‬،‫ﺟﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﭼﺎﻫﻚ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬ .‫ﻳﺎ روش اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي دﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬ 1 ‫ از ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﻮﭘﺮ ﺗﺮاش داده ﺷﺪه و ﺑﺎ دﻧﺪه‬، ‫ﻓﻮﻻد ﺿﺪ زﻧﮓ‬ ‫ رزوه داﺧﻠﻲ‬.‫ ﭘﻴﺞ ﺧﻮرده داﺧﻞ رزوه ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮد‬NPT ‫اﻳﻨﭻ‬ .‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬NPT ‫اﻳﻨﭻ‬ 1 ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬ 2 8.12 Thermowells inserted in furnace tubes or headers shall meet the specifications of the furnace design and shall conform to the tube or header plug design. (Refer to: API RP 556). ‫ ﭼﺎﻫﻚ ﻫﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ وارد ﺷﺪه در ﻧﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻛﻮره ﻳﺎ‬12-8 8.13 All thermowells in process piping and pressure vessels shall have connections per piping specification. Thermowells installed in process piping or process pressure vessels in other than steam services shall meet the requirements of the latest edition of the ASME code for unfired pressure vessels. ‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﭼﺎﻫﻚ ﻫﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ در ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ و‬13-8 ‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ اﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻛﻮره ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎﻳﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﭘﻼگ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ اﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ .(API RP 556 :‫)رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬ ‫ﻣﺨﺎزن ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي اﺗﺼﺎﻻﺗﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت‬ ‫ ﭼﺎﻫﻚ ﻫﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه در ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬.‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﺸﻲ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﺎزن ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر در ﻏﻴﺮ از ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ ﻫﺎي‬ ASME ‫ﺑﺨﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت آﺧﺮﻳﻦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬ .‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺨﺎزن ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺪون آﺗﺶ رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮد‬ ‫ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ ﺑﺨﺎر ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﺎﻫﻚ ﻫﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬ ‫ ﺟﻬﺖ دﻳﮓ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺨﺎر‬ASME ‫آﺧﺮﻳﻦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬ .‫را رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬ For steam service all thermowells shall meet the requirements of the latest edition of the ASME code for boilers. ،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ وارد ﺷﺪه در ﻳﻚ ﻣﺨﺰن ﻳﺎ ﻟﻮﻟـﻪ‬14-8 8.14 For every thermocouple inserted into a vessel or pipe, consideration shall be given to the installation of a thermometer pocket or thermowell located adjacent to it for checking purposes. This does not apply to high temperature furnace flue gas streams and may be deleted in high temperature furnace oil streams when adequate temperature points are otherwise available. However every controlling temperature point shall have an adjacent check well. Such thermometer pockets, or thermowells, shall be provided with suitable thermometers, or thermocouples & lead to a potentiometer temperature indicator, when considered essential. ‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﻳﻚ ﻏﻼف دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻳﺎ ﭼﺎﻫﻚ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻗﺮار داده ﺷﺪه در‬ ‫ اﻳـﻦ‬.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮرد ﺗﻮﺟـﻪ ﻗـﺮار ﮔﻴـﺮد‬، ‫ﻣﺠﺎور آن ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﮔﺎزﻫﺎي ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﻛﻮره ﺑـﺎ دﻣـﺎي ﺑـﺎﻻ ﺑﻜـﺎر‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻲ رود و ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ در ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻫﺎي روﻏﻦ ﻛﻮره ﺑﺎ دﻣﺎي‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻻ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﻧﻘﺎط دﻣﺎي ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻃﻮر دﻳﮕﺮي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ دﺳﺘﺮس‬ ‫ اﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻛﻨﺘـﺮل دﻣـﺎ ﻳـﻚ ﭼـﺎه‬.‫ ﺣﺬف ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ ‫ اﻳﻦ ﻗﺒﻴـﻞ ﻏـﻼف ﻫـﺎي‬.‫آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﺠﺎورت داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻳﺎ ﭼﺎﻫﻚ ﻫﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺗﻮﺳـﻂ دﻣﺎﺳـﻨﺞ ﻫـﺎي‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ و ﺑﻪ ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨـﺪه دﻣـﺎي‬ ‫ ﻣﻨﺠـﺮ‬،‫ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺿـﺮورت آن اﻳﺠـﺎب ﻛﻨـﺪ‬،‫ﭘﺘﺎﻧﺴﻴﻞ ﺳﻨﺞ‬ 18 May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ IPS-E-IN-120(1) .‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬ ‫ در ﺧﻄﻮط ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺟﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﻏﻮﻃﻪ وري ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬15-8 8.15 On small lines where adequate immersion cannot be obtained by the thermowell inserted perpendicular to the line, the well shall be inserted at 90 degrees bend in the line. Alternatively a short section of the line may be enlarged to accommodate the thermowell, but this method should only be used when normal methods are impracticable. (See Figs. 30.1, 30.2 & 30.3). ،‫ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﻋﻤﻮد ﺑﻪ ﺧﻂ در ﭼﺎﻫﻚ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ داﺧﻞ ﺷﻮد‬ ‫ ﻣﺘﻨﺎوﺑﺎً ﻳﻚ‬.‫ درﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻂ ﺧﻢ ﺷﻮد‬90 ‫ﭼﺎﻫﻚ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬ ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻛﻮﺗﺎه از ﺧﻂ را ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ در ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﺎ ﻛﺮدن‬ ‫ اﻣﺎ اﻳﻦ روش ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ‬،‫ﭼﺎﻫﻚ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺑﺰرگ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬ ‫ ﻣﻮرد‬،‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ روش ﻫﺎي ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ اﺟﺮا ﻧﺸﺪﻧﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ 3-30 ‫ و‬2-30 ، 1-30 ‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد )ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻫﺎي‬ .(‫ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫ ﭼﺎﻫﻚ ﻫﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺧﻄﻮط ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬16-8 8.16 Tapered thermowells are recommended for high velocity lines, i.e. more than 21 m/sec. (70 feet per sec.) to overcome the mechanical stresses due to vibration, the maximum immersion length shall be 150 mm (6 in.), for pipes of 300 mm (12 in.) and above. (See ASME-PTC 19.3). ،(‫ ﻓﻮت ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬70) ‫ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬21 ‫ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﺜﺎل ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از‬،‫ﺑﺎﻻ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮ ﻓﺸﺎرﻫﺎي ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﻟﺮزش‬ 300‫ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻃﻮل ﻏﻮﻃﻪ وري ﺑﺮاي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي‬،‫ﻏﻠﺒﻪ ﻛﻨﺪ‬ (‫ اﻳﻨﭻ‬6) ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ‬150 ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ اﻳﻨﭻ( و ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ‬12) ‫ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ‬ .(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ASME-PTC 19.3 ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬ ،‫ زﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﺰم واﻛﻨﺶ دﻣﺎي ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬17-8 8.17 When process required rapid temperature response, for temperature thermowells controllers, shall be constructed with wall thickness as thin as operating conditions will permit. ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺿـﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬،‫ﭼﺎﻫﻚ ﻫﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ‬ ‫ ﺳـﺎﺧﺘﻪ‬،‫دﻳﻮاره ﻧﺎزك ﻛﻪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ اﺟـﺎزه ﻣـﻲ دﻫـﺪ‬ .‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل دﻣﺎ‬-9 9. TEMPERATURE TRANSMISSION 9.1 In pneumatic systems where measured temperature in the control center is required pneumatic transmitters shall be used. These transmitters shall be located as close as possible to the detection elements. ‫ در ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎي ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ ﺟﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ دﻣﺎي اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه در‬1-9 9.2 Consideration shall be taken to use temperature transmitters when it is not practicable to use very long T/C or RTD extension wires. See 7.4 and IPS-E-IN-190 "Transmission Systems". ‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي دﻣﺎ زﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي راﺑﻂ‬2-9 9.3 4-20 mA is the preferred signal type for analogue transmitters in 2-wire system ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ آﻣﭙﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي‬20‫ ﺗﺎ‬4 ‫ ﻧﻮع ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل‬3-9 9.4 For digital systems such as DCS where transmission is mandatory, the smart (intelligent) transmitters shall be the preferred type of temperature transmission. ‫ ﺟﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ‬DCS ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎي دﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎل از ﻗﺒﻴﻞ‬4-9 9.5 In electrical transmitters normally one of the following design philosophy is utilized: ‫ در ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﻳﻜﻲ از ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﻫﺎي‬5-9 ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮرد‬،‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﺴﺘﻠﺰم ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ اﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺟﺎي‬.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬ .‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﻪ اﻟﻤﺎن ﻫﺎي ﺣﺴﮕﺮ ﻗﺮار داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮرد‬،‫ ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ و ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺟﺮا ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬RTD ‫ ﻳﺎ‬T/C IPS-E-IN-190 ‫ و اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬4-7 ‫ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬.‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬ .‫"ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎي اﻧﺘﻘﺎل" ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ .‫ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ داده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬،‫آﻧﺎﻟﻮگ در ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ دو ﺳﻴﻤﻪ‬ ‫ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﻫﻮﺷﻤﻨﺪ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل دﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ‬،‫اﻧﺘﻘﺎل اﻟﺰاﻣﻲ اﺳﺖ‬ .‫داده ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ :‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ زﻳﺮ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮد‬ a) silicon strain gage; ‫اﻟﻒ( ﻛﺸﺶ ﺳﻨﺞ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﻮن؛‬ b) force balance; ‫ب( ﺗﻌﺎدل ﻧﻴﺮو؛‬ 19 May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ c) Resonant wire. IPS-E-IN-120(1) .‫ج( ﺳﻴﻢ ﺗﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﺷﺪه‬ Note: :‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬ Motion balance is not recommended for this type of transmitters, due to wear and tear problem. ‫ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ‬،‫ﺗﻌﺎدل ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻲ ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع از ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ‬ .‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ‬،‫ﻓﺮﺳﻮدﮔﻲ و ﭘﺎرﮔﻲ‬ 9.6 The connection of electrical transmitters to the control center shall be via safety barriers. Where transmission from hazardous areas is required, intrinsically safe transmitter is used. ‫ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از‬6-9 9.7 All temperature devices capable of transmitting a pneumatic 0.2-1.0 barg or electrical 4-20 mA signal linear with and directly proportional to temperature, shall be suitable for outdoor installation under tropical conditions and/or hazardous locations, as indicated in data sheets. ‫ ﺗﺎ‬0/2 ‫ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎي دﻣﺎ ﻗﺎدر ﺑﻪ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ‬7-9 9.8 When transmitters are used for control, a duplicate measurement from a separate sensor, e.g. thermocouple, shall be provided. ‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار‬8-9 9.9Milli volt and resistance-to-current converters are preferably mounted in the control center. Locally mounted converters shall not be used except by agreement with the user. ‫ ﻣﺒﺪل ﻫﺎي ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن و ﻣﻴﻠﻲ وﻟﺖ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎً در‬9-9 TEMPERATURE 10. RECORDING AND INSTRUMENTS ‫ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬،‫ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه‬-10 ‫ ﺟﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل از ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ ﭘﺮ‬.‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪه ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲ‬، ‫ﺧﻄﺮ ﻧﻴﺎز اﺳﺖ‬ .‫ﮔﻴﺮد‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻠﻲ آﻣﭙﺮ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ و‬20 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬4 ‫ ﺑﺎر ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺧﻄﻲ‬1 ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺼﺐ ﺧﺎرج ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن‬،‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎً ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ دﻣﺎ‬ ،‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ ﮔﺮﻣﺴﻴﺮي و ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪ ﺧﻄﺮ‬ .‫ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﻛﻪ در داده ﺑﺮگ ﻫﺎ اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه‬ ‫ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﺜﺎل‬،‫ ﻳﻚ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي دوﺑﻞ از ﺣﺴﮕﺮ ﺟﺪا‬،‫ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬ .‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ‬ ‫ ﻣﺒﺪل ﻫﺎي ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه ﻣﺤﻠﻲ‬.‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ .‫ﺑﺠﺰ از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬ INDICATING, CONTROLLING ‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه دﻣﺎ‬ ‫ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل دﻣﺎي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬1-10 10.1 Control modes for process temperature control shall normally be adjustable for proportional (gain), reset and derivative action. ‫ ﺑﺎزﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪن و ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺸﺘﻖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬،(‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ )ﺑﻬﺮه‬ .‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ 10.2 Potentiometer and Wheatstone Bridge Instruments, used for temperature measurements, shall be of the high-speed and self balancing type and shall be provided with an integral and suitable constant power supply unit to eliminate the use of dry cells. ‫ ﭘﺘﺎﻧﺴﻴﻞ ﺳﻨﺞ و ادوات ﭘﻞ وﻳﺘﺴﺘﻮن ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺪازه‬2-10 ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬،‫ﮔﻴﺮي ﻫﺎي دﻣﺎ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻻ و ﻧﻮع ﺧﻮد ﺑﺎﻻﻧﺲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﻚ اﻧﺘﮕﺮال و واﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺬف اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺑﺎﺗﺮي ﻫﺎي‬ .‫ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺧﺸﻚ‬ 10.3 Recording potentiometers and Wheatstone Bridge Instruments shall not carry more than four pen records unless otherwise specified previously by the user, in individual data sheets. ‫ ﭘﺘﺎﻧﺴﻴﻞ ﺳﻨﺞ ﻫﺎي ﺛﺒﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و ادوات ﭘﻞ وﻳﺘﺴﺘﻮن‬3-10 ‫ ﻣﮕﺮ در‬،‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﭼﻬﺎر ﻗﻠﻢ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ ‫ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ‬،‫ﻣﻮارد ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﻗﺒﻠﻲ در داده ﺑﺮگ ﻫﺎي ﺗﻜﻲ‬ .‫اﻋﻼم ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي دﻣﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ اي زﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ‬4-10 10.4 For multipoint temperature indicators when the No. of points required are less than about 48, preference should be given to selection by interlock push-button switches or non locking toggle switches with spring return to neutral. ‫ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب‬،‫ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬48 ‫ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻧﻘﺎط ﻣﻮرد ﻟﺰوم ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از ﺣﺪود‬ ‫اوﻟﻮﻳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻓﺸﺎري اﻳﻨﺘﺮﻻك ﻳﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي‬ .‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﻧﺸﺪﻧﻲ ﻓﻨﺮ ﺑﺮﮔﺮدان ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﻓﻨﺮي ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮل‬ ‫ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ و اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻤﺎره اي‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻧﻘﺎط ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬ For larger No. of points switch banks and telephone type dial selection should be used. 20 May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ IPS-E-IN-120(1) .‫ﻧﻮع ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬ 10.5 When two or more ranges are used on one instrument, positive means of range identification shall be provided. ‫ وﻗﺘﻴﻜﻪ در ﻳﻚ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ دو ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺤﺪوده‬5-10 10.6 When temperatures are recorded on 300 mm wide strip charts, each temperature mark shall be a plus sign with alternate points identified by the appropriate numeral. ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ‬300 ‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ دﻣﺎﻫﺎ روي ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي ﻧﻮار ﭘﻬﻦ‬6-10 10.7 When temperature controlled by indicating controllers are recorded on a multipoint recorder, each record of controlled variable shall be readily identifiable from other recorded values. ‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ دﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه‬7-10 10.8 Thermocouple and resistance bulb circuits operating high temperature alarms shall have upscale burn-out feature and vice-versa for low temperature alarms. ‫ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان‬، ‫ ﻣﺪار ﻫﺎي ﺣﺒﺎب ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ و ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ‬8-10 10.9 All thermocouple actuated control systems shall contain "burn out" protection. The design shall enable this feature to be switched in or out. ‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎي‬9-10 10.10 Thermocouple multipoint temperature recorders shall have cold junction compensation and constant voltage source. Unicolour numbered print wheels with printing time cycle of maximum 15 second per point maximum cycle time, for print out of all points, shall not exceed two minutes. ‫ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي دﻣﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ اي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬10-10 They shall be furnished with high-impedance amplifiers to allow parallel operation with the temperature indicator. Normally 33% of the points shall be reserved as spares. Time for full scale travel of print wheel shall not exceed the interval between prints. ‫آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي اﻣﭙﺪاﻧﺲ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ‬ ً‫ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ‬.‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﻣﻮازي ﺑﺎ ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه دﻣﺎ را اﺟﺎزه ﺑﺪﻫﺪ‬ ‫ زﻣﺎن ﺑﺮاي‬.‫ درﺻﺪ ﻧﻘﺎط ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺼﻮرت ﻳﺪﻛﻲ ذﺧﻴﺮه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬33 ‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﭼﺮخ ﭼﺎپ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﻴﺎس ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﭼﺎپ‬ .‫ﻫﺎ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻛﻨﺪ‬ 10.11 Voltage to Current (V/I) transducers shall be used for control point measurement. Each transducer shall have its own integral power supply. The receiving Instrument shall be electronic type. Static inverters shall be considered for critical loops. ‫ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻧﻘﻄﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي‬11-10 10.12 Electro pneumatic transducers shall be calibrated for specified range of input signal. The primary element may be a resistance bulb, thermocouple, or any mill volt source. ‫ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺤﺪوده‬12-10 ‫ اﻟﻤﺎن اوﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬.‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ورودي ﻛﺎﻟﻴﺒﺮه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮع ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ وﻟﺘﻲ‬،‫ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ‬،‫اﺳﺖ ﺣﺒﺎب ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ‬ .‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ ﺟﺒﺮان ﺳﺎز‬،‫وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ورودي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬ (‫ ﻣﺤﺮك ﻣﻘﻴﺎس ﺑﺎﻻ )ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ‬،‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﺳﺮد‬ ‫ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ اﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺪوده ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اي‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮده ﺷﻮد‬ .‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮد‬ ‫ ﻫﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ دﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺑﺎ‬،‫ﻣﺘﺮي ﺛﺒﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ .‫ﻧﻘﺎط ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﻤﺎره ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﺋﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ آﻧﻬﺎ روي ﺛﺒﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﭼﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ اي ﺛﺒﺖ‬،‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬ ‫ ﻫﺮ ﺛﺒﺖ از ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﻲ از‬،‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ .‫دﻳﮕﺮ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪه ﻫﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ وﻳﮋﮔﻲ‬،‫ﻫﺸﺪار دﻫﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي دﻣﺎي ﺑﺎﻻ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺧﺘﻦ ﻣﻘﻴﺎس ﺑﺎﻻ و ﺑﺮﻋﻜﺲ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺸﺪار دﻫﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي‬ .‫دﻣﺎي ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ را داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ ‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ "ﺳﻮﺧﺘﻦ " ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬،‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬ .‫ﻗﺎدر ﺑﺎﺷﺪ اﻳﻦ وﻳﮋﮔﻲ را روﺷﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﻨﺪ‬ ‫ ﭼﺮخ‬.‫داراي ﺟﺒﺮان ﺳﺎز اﺗﺼﺎل ﺳﺮد و ﻣﻨﺒﻊ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻫﺎي ﭼﺎپ ﺗﻚ رﻧﮕﻲ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻣﺪت دوره ﭼﺎپ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬ ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﭼﺎپ ﻛﺮدن‬،‫ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ در ﻫﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ درﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﺪت دوره‬15 .‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﻧﻘﺎط ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از دو دﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻛﻨﺪ‬ ‫ ﻫﺮ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ‬.‫وﻟﺘﺎژ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬ ‫ ادوات ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از‬.‫ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮد را داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ ﻣﺒﺪل ﻫﺎي ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺪار ﻫﺎي‬.‫ﻧﻮع اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ .‫ﺣﺴﺎس در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬ When thermocouple input is specified, cold junction compensation, upscale drive (max. 21 May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ IPS-E-IN-120(1) signal output) and amplifier burnout output signal shall be compatible with receivers and controllers. These transmitters shall be mounted in relay racks on rear of panel. ‫وﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺷﺪه ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﺪه ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪه ﻫﺎ و‬ ‫ اﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻗﻔﺴﻪ‬.‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ ﺳﺎزﮔﺎر ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ .‫ﻫﺎي رﻟﻪ در ﭘﺸﺖ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ 10.13 Multi-Pen recorders on furnaces outlets shall have a narrow span for normal operation and a wide range for starting-up. ‫ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ ﻗﻠﻤﻲ روي ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻛﻮره ﻫﺎ‬13-10 ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺴﺘﺮه ﺑﺎرﻳﻚ ﺑﺮاي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ و ﻣﺤﺪوده وﺳﻴﻊ‬ .‫ﺑﺮاي راه اﻧﺪازي را داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ ‫ دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻫﺎي ﻧﻮع ﺗﺸﻌﺸﻌﻲ‬-11 11. RADIATION-TYPE PYROMETERS ‫ ادوات اﺑــﺰار دﻗﻴــﻖ‬،‫ دﻣﺎﺳــﻨﺞ ﻫــﺎي ﻧــﻮع ﺗﺸﻌــﺸﻌﻲ‬1-11 11.1 Radiation-type pyrometers are special instruments with limited use in refineries or synthetic fuel plants. The normal range of use falls between -30°C to 3900°C, (-20°F to 7000°F). ‫ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ در ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺸﮕﺎه ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ واﺣﺪ ﻫﺎي ﺳـﻮﺧﺖ‬ ‫ ﻣﺤـﺪوده ﻋـﺎدي‬.‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ داراي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﺤـﺪود ﻣـﻲ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‬ ‫ ﺗـﺎ‬-20 ) ‫ درﺟـﻪ ﺳﻠـﺴﻴﻮس ﻳـﺎ‬3900 ‫ ﺗـﺎ‬-30 ‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﻴﻦ‬ .‫ درﺟﻪ ﻓﺎرﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬7000 ‫ درﺻـﺪ را‬2 ‫دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻫﺎ در ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺧﻄﻲ و دﻗﺖ ﺣﺪود‬ ‫ ﻫﻴﭻ راه آﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﻟﻴﺒﺮه ﻛﺮدن آﻧﻬﺎ وﺟﻮد‬.‫دارا ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ ‫ آﻧﻬﺎ دﻣﺎﻫﺎي ﺑﺎﻻ را آﺷﻜﺎر ﻣﻲ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪ و اﻣﺘﻴـﺎز واﻛـﻨﺶ‬.‫ﻧﺪارد‬ .‫ﺳﺮﻳﻊ و اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﺑﺪون اﺗﺼﺎل را اراﺋﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬ They are nonlinear in output and have an accuracy of about 2 percent. There is no easy way to calibrate the units. They detect high temperatures and offer the advantage of fast response and noncontact measurement. ‫ دﻣﺎي ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎده را ﺑﺪون ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ‬،‫ دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻧﻮع ﺗﺸﻌﺸﻌﻲ‬2-11 11.2 The radiation-type pyrometer measures the temperature of an object without requiring physical contact. The ability to accomplish this is based on the fact that every object emits radiant energy and the intensity of this radiation is a function of its temperature. Most applications use infrared radiation as the measurement source; however, ultraviolet is also used in some instances. ‫ اﻣﻜﺎن ﺗﺤﻘﻖ اﻳﻦ اﻣﺮ ﺑﺮ‬.‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬ ‫ ﻧﻴﺮوي ﺗﺎﺑﺸﻲ را ﺳﺎﺗﻊ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬، ‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺎس اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺎده‬ ‫ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬.‫ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ از دﻣﺎي آﻧﻬﺎ اﺳﺖ‬،‫و ﺷﺪت اﻳﻦ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ‬ ‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﻣﺎدون ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻣﻨﺒﻊ اﻧﺪازه‬،‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎ‬ ‫ ﺑﻜﺎر‬،‫ ﻣﺎوراء ﺑﻨﻔﺶ ﻫﻢ در ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﻮارد‬،‫ﮔﻴﺮي اﺳﺖ؛ ﮔﺮﭼﻪ‬ .‫ﻣﻲ رود‬ ‫ اﮔﺮ دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﺗﺸﻌﺸﻌﻲ ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي دﻣﺎي ﻣﻄﻠﻖ‬3-11 ‫ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ اﻧﺘﺸﺎر ﻣﻮﺛﺮ )ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ اﻧﺘﺸﺎر ﻣﻮاد ﻣﻮرد ﻫﺪف در‬،‫اﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺪوده ﻃﻴﻒ ﻧﻮري دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﺗﺸﻌﺸﻌﻲ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه‬ ‫ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮدن‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮن ﻫﺎي ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﺗﺸﻌﺸﻌﻲ ﻳﺎ از راه آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫ اﻳﻦ‬.‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻮاد در دﻣﺎي ﻣﻌﻠﻮم‬ ،‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات ﻋﻤﺪه دﻣﺎ در ﻣﻮاد‬ ،‫ ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﺼﻮل اﺻﻠﻲ‬،‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﻧﺎﻫﻤﮕﻮن ﺑﺮﺧﻲ از ﻣﻮاد‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺎم ﺣﺎﻻت ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه را در اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻄﻠﻖ در ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ‬ .‫ اراﺋﻪ داده اﺳﺖ‬،‫اﻧﺘﺸﺎر ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ 11.3 If the radiation pyrometer is to measure absolute temperature, the effective emissivity (the emissivity of the target material in the spectral range of the radiation pyrometer) must be determined. This can be determined indirectly by applying the radiation laws of physics or experimentally by characterizing the material at a known temperature. Such target non uniformities as significant temperature changes in the material, the non homogeneous nature of some materials, or a basic product change all represent cases in which an absolute change in effective emissivity is exhibited. ‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺻﺤﻴﺢ از اﺑﺰار‬،‫ در اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي دﻣﺎي ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ‬4-11 11.4 In industrial temperature measurement using a properly designed industrial instrument, background radiation effects are not a detrimental factor as long as the infrared field of view is aimed exclusively on the target area. The reflection from the background area should be minimized to reduce spurious effects of radiant ‫ زﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ‬،‫ اﺛﺮات ﺗﺸﻌﺸﻌﻲ زﻣﻴﻨﻪ‬،‫دﻗﻴﻖ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﺪه‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺪان دﻳﺪ ﻣﺎدون ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﻣﻨﺤﺼﺮاً روي ﺳﻄﺢ ﻫﺪف ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫ اﻧﻌﻜﺎس از‬.‫ ﻳﻚ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ زﻳﺎن آور ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬،‫ﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ﺳﻄﺢ زﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﻫﺶ دادن اﺛﺮات ﻧﺎدرﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺮوي‬ .‫ﺗﺸﻌﺸﻌﻲ از ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻌﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ از ﻫﺪف را ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ‬ 22 May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ energy from sources other than the target. IPS-E-IN-120(1) ‫ادوات اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﺎدون ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﺪن اﻳﻦ‬ ‫ اﻣﺎ ﻧﻴﺮوي ﻫﻢ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﺎ در‬،‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ زﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻃﻴﻒ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺪون زﻳﺎن رﺳﺎﻧﺪن ﺑﻪ‬ .‫ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺣﺬف ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫دﻗﺖ و ﻛﺎراﺋﻲ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬ Infrared instruments are designed to minimize these background conditions, but energy overlays in the electromagnetic spectrum cannot be completely eliminated without impairing the accuracy and performance of the instrument. ‫ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻫﺎي ﻧﻮع ﺗﺸﻌﺸﻌﻲ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در‬5-11 11.5 Most radiation-type pyrometers used in refinery applications are in the high-temperature range. Since they are somewhat special in application, it is recommended that the user work closely with the manufacturer. ‫ از‬.‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎي ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ در ﻣﺤﺪوده دﻣﺎي ﺑﺎﻻ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ ،‫ ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬،‫آﻧﺠﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ اي در ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬ .‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮓ ﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻫﺎي ﻧﻮري‬-12 12. OPTICAL PYROMETERS ‫ دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻫﺎي ﻧﻮع ﺗﺸﻌﺸﻌﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ در‬،‫دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻫﺎي ﻧﻮري‬ ‫ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﻣﺘﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ دﻳﺪ‬.‫داﺧﻞ ﻃﻴﻒ ﻣﺮﺋﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬ ‫ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ دﻳﺪ ﺗﺼﻔﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻫﺪف ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ دروﻧﻲ‬،‫اﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻮﺿﻮع ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ داغ ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ ﺗﺸﻌﺸﻊ‬.‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮس‬760 ‫ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ از‬،‫ﻣﺮﺋﻲ را ﺑﻴﺮون دﻫﺪ‬ ‫ اﮔﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻫﺪف ﺗﺸﻌﺸﻌﻲ از‬.‫ درﺟﻪ ﻓﺎرﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬1400) ‫ ﻳﺎ اﮔﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ از‬،‫دﻳﮕﺮ ﺳﻄﻮح دﻣﺎي ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ را ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫ ﻳﺎ‬،‫ دود ﻏﻠﻴﻆ‬،‫ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻮاد ﺟﺬب ﻛﻨﻨﺪه از ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺑﺨﺎرﻫﺎ‬ .‫ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺧﻄﺎ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﻣﺴﺪود ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ Optical pyrometers are radiation-type pyrometers that operate within the visible spectrum. They usually rely on the human eye comparing a filtered view of the target with an internal reference. The subject surface must be hot enough to give off visible radiation, typically above 760°C (1400°F). Error may be introduced if the target surface reflects radiation from other hotter surfaces or if the path is partially obstructed by absorbing materials such as fumes, smoke, or glass. 23 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ ‪May. 2010 / 1389‬‬ ‫)‪IPS-E-IN-120(1‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺎن ﺑﺎ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮم داﻧﻪ ﺗﺴﺒﻴﺢ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺎن ﺑﺎ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ دوﺑﻞ ﺳﻮراخ دار‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺎن ﺑﺎ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ اي ﭘﻨﺒﻪ ﻧﺴﻮز‬ ‫‪*Asbestos is being replaced with safer high–temperature materials‬‬ ‫* ﻣﺎده ازﺑﺴﺖ ﺑﺎ اﺟﻨﺎس دﻣﺎي ﺑﺎﻻ اﻳﻤﻦ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Fig. 1- THERMOCOUPLE ELEMENTS‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -1‬اﻟﻤﺎن ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ‬ ‫‪Fig. 2- THERMOCOUPLE ELEMENT WITH TERMINAL BLOCK‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -2‬اﻟﻤﺎن ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻠﻮك ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل‬ ‫‪24‬‬ May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ IPS-E-IN-120(1) Fig. 3-THERMOCOUPLE ELEMENT WITH CONNECTION HEAD ‫ اﻟﻤﺎن ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﺑﺎ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻛﻼﻫﻚ‬-3 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬ Fig. 4- CONNECTION HEAD ‫ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻛﻼﻫﻚ‬-4 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬ Fig. 5- PROTECTING TUBE ‫ ﻧﺎﻳﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬-5 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬ 25 May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ IPS-E-IN-120(1) Fig. 6- PROTECTING TUBE WITH MOUNTING BUSHING ‫ ﻧﺎﻳﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻮﺷﻴﻨﮓ ﻧﺼﺐ‬-6 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬ Fig. 7- PROTECTING TUBE WITH MOUNTING FLANGE ‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻧﺼﺐ‬-7 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬ Fig. 8- THERMOCOUPLE ELEMENT WITH PROTECTING TUBE AND CONNECTION HEAD ‫ اﻟﻤﺎن ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎﻳﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ و اﺗﺼﺎل ﻛﻼﻫﻚ‬-8 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬ Fig. 9-OPEN END PROTECTING TUBE ‫ ﻧﺎﻳﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺑﺎ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﺑﺎز‬-9 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬ 26 May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ IPS-E-IN-120(1) Fig. 10- WELL ‫ ﭼﺎﻫﻚ‬-10 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬ Fig. 11- THERMOCOUPLE ASSEMBLY WITH THERMOWELL ‫ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﺑﺎ ﭼﺎﻫﻚ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬-11 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬ Fig. 11.1- Type "A" Internal Configuration "A" ‫ ﭘﻴﻜﺮﺑﻨﺪي داﺧﻠﻲ ﻧﻮع‬-1-11 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬ :‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬ Note: X ،‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ ﻣﺴﺎوي ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ دﻳﻮار ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬X X shall be at least equal to the minimum wall thickness, X being the thickness of thermowell material between the tip of the bored hole and the extremity of the thermowell. ‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﻨﺲ ﭼﺎﻫﻚ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻮك ﺳﻮراخ ﺣﻔﺮه و اﻧﺘﻬﺎﺋﻲ‬ .‫ﭼﺎﻫﻚ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ 27 May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ IPS-E-IN-120(1) TABLE FOR TYPE A - INNER DIAMETERS ‫ﺟﺪول ﺑﺮاي ﻧﻮع اﻟﻒ – ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ‬ Nominal diameter of elements (mm) (‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ اﻟﻤﺎن ﻫﺎ )ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ Diameter of bore d1a (mm) (‫ )ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬d1 ‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺳﻮراخ‬ 3.0 3.5 4.5 5.0 6.0 8.0 7.0 9.0 Nominal diameter of elements (Inch) (‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ اﻟﻤﺎن ﻫﺎ )اﻳﻨﭻ‬ +0.2 -0.1 +0.2 -0.1 ±0.25 ±0.25 Diameter of bore d1a (Inch) (‫ )اﻳﻨﭻ‬d1 ‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺳﻮراخ‬ 0.250 0.257 0.375 0.779 0.500 0.506 G Max. (mm) Min. (mm) (‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ )ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ (‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ )ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ 30 26.5 40 35 50 70 43 61 na +0.005 -0.003 +0.008 -0.000 +0.006 -0.000 a. Maximum tolerance on concentricity of the bore shall be ±10% of the minimum wall thickness. .‫ درﺻﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ دﻳﻮاره ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬± 10 ‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻠﺮاﻧﺲ در ﻣﺘﺤﺪاﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﻮدن ﺳﻮراخ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬. a Fig. 12-IMMERSION AND INSERTION LENGTHS FOR THERMOCOUPLE ASSEMBLY WITH THERMOWELL ‫ ﻃﻮل ﻫﺎي ﻏﻮﻃﻪ وري و ﻃﻮل وارد ﺷﺪن ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﺑﺎ ﭼﺎﻫﻚ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬-12 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬ 28 May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ Fig. 13-BASIC BRIDGE CIRCUIT ‫ ﻣﺪار ﭘﻞ اﺻﻠﻲ‬-13 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬ Fig. 14-CIRCUIT, FOR 2-WIRE SYSTEM IPS-E-IN-120(1) Fig. 15- CIRCUIT FOR 3-WIRE SYSTEM ‫ ﻣﺪار ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ دو ﺳﻴﻤﻪ‬-14 ‫ ﻣﺪار ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺳﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬-15 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬ Fig. 16-CIRCUIT FOR (4-WIRE COMPENSATED SYSTEM) ‫ ﻣﺪار ﺑﺮاي ) ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﭼﻬﺎر ﺳﻴﻤﻪ ﺟﺒﺮان‬-16 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬ Fig. 17-BRIDGE (2-WIRE SYSTEM) (‫ ﭘﻞ )ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ دو ﺳﻴﻤﻪ‬-17 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬ Fig. 18-BRIDGE (3-WIRE SYSTEM) (‫ ﭘﻞ) ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺳﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﻪ ﺳﺎده‬-18 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬ (‫ﺷﺪه‬ Fig. 19- BRIDGE (4-WIRE-COMPENSATED SYSTEMS) CONDUCTOR COMPENSATION (‫ ﭘﻞ ) ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﭼﻬﺎر ﺳﻴﻤﻪ ﺟﺒﺮان ﺷﺪه‬-19 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬ Fig. 20-DIFFERENTIAL SYSTEM ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻔﺎﺿﻞ‬-20 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬ ‫ﺟﺒﺮان ﺳﺎزي ﺑﺎ ﻫﺎدي‬ Fig. 21-DIFFERENTIAL SYSTEM WITH FULL RESISTANCE COMPENSATION ‫ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻔﺎﺿﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ‬-21 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﺟﺒﺮان ﺳﺎزي‬ 29 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ ‪May. 2010 / 1389‬‬ ‫)‪IPS-E-IN-120(1‬‬ ‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ )رزوه(‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ‬ ‫ﺣﺲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬ ‫ﻏﻼف‬ ‫ﺑﻠﻮك ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬ ‫ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‬ ‫‪Fig. 22-TYPICAL CONSTRUCTION OF RESISTANCE THERMOMETER SENSOR‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -22‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺣﺴﮕﺮ دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬ ‫‪Fig. 23-FOUR-TERMINAL SENSING‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -23‬ﺣﺲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﭼﻬﺎر ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل‬ ‫آﺷﻜﺎرﺳﺎز ﺑﺎﻻﻧﺲ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﺣﺲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬ ‫)‪Fig. 24-KELVIN DOUBLE BRIDGE (MODIFIED‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪-24‬ﭘﻞ دوﺗﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻠﻮﻳﻦ )اﺻﻼح ﺷﺪه(‬ ‫‪30‬‬ May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ IPS-E-IN-120(1) Fig. 25- RIGID STEM MOUNTING (BACK, BOTTOM, SIDE OR TOP CAPILLARY ENTRY) (‫ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻻ‬،‫ ﭘﺸﺖ‬،‫ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ‬،‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﺤﻮر ﺳﺨﺖ )ورودي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﺋﻴﻦ از ﭘﻬﻠﻮ‬-25 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬ Fig. 26-FLUSH MOUNTINGS ‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺳﻄﺢ‬-26 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬ Fig. 27- SURFACE MOUNTING WITH BOTTOM CAPILLARY ENTRY Fig. 28-BRACKET MOUNTING WITH CAPILLARY ENTRY ‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺑﺎ ورودي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﺋﻴﻦ از ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ‬-27 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬ ‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﮕﻪ دارﻧﺪه ﺑﺎ ورودي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﺋﻴﻦ‬-28 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬ 31 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ ‪May. 2010 / 1389‬‬ ‫)‪IPS-E-IN-120(1‬‬ ‫روش ب‬ ‫روش اﻟﻒ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻫﺎي اﺑﺰار‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻫﺎي اﺑﺰار‬ ‫دﻗﻴﻖ‬ ‫دﻗﻴﻖ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي راﺑﻂ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي راﺑﻂ‬ ‫ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل‬ ‫ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي راﺑﻂ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي راﺑﻂ‬ ‫)ﻳﺎدآوري ‪(1‬‬ ‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺳﺮ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ‬ ‫)ﻳﺎدآوري ‪(2‬‬ ‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺳﺮ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻫﺎي زﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﺸﺪه‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻫﺎي زﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﺸﺪه‬ ‫‪Fig. 29.1-AVERAGE TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT WITH THERMOCOUPLES‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ 1-29‬اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ دﻣﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‪:‬‬ ‫‪Notes:‬‬ ‫‪ (1‬ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي راﺑﻂ دوﺑﻞ داراي ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﻣﺴﺎوي‪ -‬ﻃﻮل‬ ‫‪1) Duplex extension wires to be of equal‬‬ ‫‪resistance of same lengths.‬‬ ‫‪ (2‬اﺗﺼﺎل ﺳﺮ ﺑﺎ ‪ 1500‬اﻫﻢ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ‪ -‬ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬ ‫‪2) Connection head with 1500-Ohm resistor,‬‬ ‫‪permits use of different lengths of extension‬‬ ‫‪wires.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻜﺴﺎن‬ ‫ﻃﻮل ﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي راﺑﻂ‬ ‫‪32‬‬ ‫)‪IPS-E-IN-120(1‬‬ ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ ‪May. 2010 / 1389‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺎه‬ ‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن‬ ‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ دﻣﺎي ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﻣﺰ‬ ‫ﺑﺮق ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ‪ 18‬ﺗﺎ ‪20‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺎه‬ ‫وﻟﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬ ‫‪Fig. 29.2-TEMPERATURE DIFFERENCE MEASUREMENT WITH RTD‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ 2-29‬اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي اﺧﺘﻼف دﻣﺎ ﺑﺎ آﺷﻜﺎر ﺳﺎز ﺣﺮارت ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﺟﻮش ﺑﺎ ﻧﻔﻮذ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬ ‫ﺟﻮش ﺑﺎ ﻧﻔﻮذ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﺤﺪاﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ‬ ‫ﻧﻮع اﻟﻒ ‪ -‬رزوه اي‬ ‫ﻧﻮع ب ‪ -‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻲ‬ ‫‪Fig. 30.1-ELBOW INSTALLATION OF TREADED AND FLANGED THERMOWELLS‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ 1-30‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﭼﺎﻫﻚ ﻫﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ زاﻧﻮﺋﻲ ﭘﻴﭽﻲ و ﻓﻠﻨﺞ دار‬ ‫ﻳﺎدآوري ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬اﻧﺪازه ‪ C‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪ اﻗﻞ‪ 600‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )‪ 24‬اﻳﻨﭻ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻦ ﭼﺎﻫﻚ وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ ﺑﻄﻮر اﻓﻘﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬در ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از اﻳﺠﺎد ﻛﻴﺴﻪ ﻫﻮا‪ ،‬ﻧﻮع ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -3‬ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ‪ ASME B16.5‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -4‬ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪ اﻗﻞ ‪ 25‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ)‪ 1‬اﻳﻨﭻ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -5‬ﻧﺼﺐ زاﻧﻮﺋﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺧﻄﻮط ‪ 150‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ)‪ 6‬اﻳﻨﭻ( و اﻧﺪازه ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ داده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -6‬ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ داده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﭼﺎﻫﻚ ﻫﺎ روي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻋﻤﻮدي ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺮاي ﺧﻄﻮط ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ از‪ 75‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )‪ 3‬اﻳﻨﭻ( ﻧﺼﺐ زاﻧﻮﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪33‬‬ ‫)‪IPS-E-IN-120(1‬‬ ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ ‪May. 2010 / 1389‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮع ب ‪ -‬ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﻮع اﻟﻒ ‪ -‬رزوه اي‬ ‫‪Fig. 30.2-VESSEL AND LINE INSTALLATION OF THREADED AND FLANGED THERMOWELLS‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ 2-30‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﭼﺎﻫﻚ ﻫﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻋﻤﻮدي ﭘﻴﭽﻲ و ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻲ روي ﺧﻄﻮط و ﻇﺮوف‬ ‫ﻳﺎدآوري ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬اﻧﺪازه ‪ C‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪ اﻗﻞ‪ 600‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )‪ 24‬اﻳﻨﭻ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻦ ﭼﺎﻫﻚ وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ ﺑﻄﻮر اﻓﻘﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬در ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از اﻳﺠﺎد ﻛﻴﺴﻪ ﻫﻮا‪ ،‬ﻧﻮع ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -3‬ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ‪ ASME B16.5‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -4‬ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ‪ 25‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ)‪ 1‬اﻳﻨﭻ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -5‬ﻧﺼﺐ زاﻧﻮﺋﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺧﻄﻮط ‪ 150‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ)‪ 6‬اﻳﻨﭻ( و اﻧﺪازه ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ داده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -6‬ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ داده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﭼﺎﻫﻚ ﻫﺎ روي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻋﻤﻮدي ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺮاي ﺧﻄﻮط ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ از‪ 75‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )‪ 3‬اﻳﻨﭻ( ﻧﺼﺐ زاﻧﻮﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪34‬‬ ‫)‪IPS-E-IN-120(1‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮع ج ‪ -‬ﭼﺎﻫﻚ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ وان اﺳﺘﻮن‬ ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ ‪May. 2010 / 1389‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮع ب ‪ -‬ﭼﺎﻫﻚ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﻮع اﻟﻒ ‪ -‬ﭼﺎﻫﻚ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ رزوه اي‬ ‫‪Fig. 30.3-THREADED, FLANGED AND VAN-STONE THERMOWELLS‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ 3-30‬ﭼﺎﻫﻚ ﻫﺎي رزوه دار‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻨﺞ دار و وان‪ -‬اﺳﺘﻮن‬ ‫‪Notes:‬‬ ‫ﻳﺎدآوري ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﻨﺞ دار‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ‪ ASME B16.5‬ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬ ‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ)ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﭘﺮوژه( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﭼﺎﻫﻚ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ و ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬ ‫‪1-For flanged thermocouples, an ASME B16.5‬‬ ‫‪flange suitable for thermocouple’s rating (see‬‬ ‫‪project specifications) should be used. The flange‬‬ ‫‪should be furnished and fabricated by the well‬‬ ‫‪supplier.‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﺑﺮاي ﭼﺎﻫﻚ ﻫﺎي وان اﺳﺘﻮن‪،‬ﻛﻼس ﻓﺸﺎري ‪ 1500‬ﭘﻮﻧﺪي ﻛﻪ‬ ‫در ‪ ASME B16.5‬ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬ ‫‪2-For Van Stone thermowells, the 1500-pound‬‬ ‫‪pressure class, as specified in ASME B16.5 should‬‬ ‫‪be used.‬‬ ‫‪35‬‬ May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ IPS-E-IN-120(1) TABLE 1-- OPERATING TEMPERATURE OF RESISTANCE THERMOMETER SENSING RESISTORS ‫ دﻣﺎي ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮدي دﻣﺎ ﺳﻨﺞ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﻫﺎي ﺣﺴﮕﺮ‬1- ‫ﺟﺪول‬ SENSING RESISTOR NORMAL MINIMUM OPERATING TEMPERATURE NORMAL MAXIMUM OPERATING TEMPERATURE ‫ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﺣﺴﮕﺮ‬ ‫دﻣﺎي ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮدي ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ‬ ‫دﻣﺎي ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮدي ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ‬ (°C) ‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬ (°C) ‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬ SPECIAL MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE ‫دﻣﺎي ﻣﺨﺼﻮص‬ (°C) ‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬ METALLIC SENSING RESISTOR: ‫ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﺣﺴﮕﺮ ﻓﻠﺰي‬ Copper Nickel Platinum ‫ﻣﺲ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﻜﻞ‬ ‫ﭘﻼﺗﻴﻦ‬ SEMICONDUCTOR SENSING RESISTORS: Mixed metal oxides Silicon ‫ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﻮن‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﻫﺎي ﺣﺴﮕﺮ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﻫﺎدي‬ ‫اﻛﺴﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﺰي ﻣﺨﻠﻮط‬ -100 +100 +150 -60 +180 +350 -200 +600 +850 -100 +200 +600 -160 +160 +200 1‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬ Note 1 ‫ ﻓﻘﻂ‬،‫اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﻣﻄﻠﻮب در دﻣﺎﻫﺎي ﺑﺎﻻي ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬ ‫زﻣﺎﻧﻲ اﻣﻜﺎن ﭘﺬﻳﺮ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎرﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺼﻮص و‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻴﻂﻫﺎي ﺑﻪ دﻗﺖ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﻫﺎي ﺣﺴﮕﺮ‬ .‫ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ Satisfactory measurement at temperatures above the normal maximum is possible only when special constructions and carefully controlled environments for the sensing resistors are used. Note 2 2 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬ Platinum resistance thermometer sensing resistors of special construction can be used to measure temperature down to -259°C (14 k). Below -200°C, sensors have to be individually calibrated. ‫ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﻫﺎي ﺣﺴﮕﺮ دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ ﭘﻼﺗﻴﻨﻲ از ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر‬ ‫ درﺟﻪ‬-259 ‫ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي دﻣﺎي ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﺗﺮ از‬ ‫ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﺗﺮ از‬.‫ ﻛﻠﻮﻳﻦ( را ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮد‬14) ‫ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮس‬ .‫ ﺣﺴﮕﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻜﻲ ﻛﺎﻟﻴﺒﺮه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮس‬-200 Note 3 3 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬ Copper resistance thermometer sensing resistors of special construction can be used to measure temperature down to -200°C. ‫ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﻫﺎي ﺣﺴﮕﺮ دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ ﻣﺴﻲ از ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر‬ ‫ درﺟﻪ‬-200 ‫ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي دﻣﺎي ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﺗﺮ از‬ .‫ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮس را ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮد‬ 36 May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ IPS-E-IN-120(1) TABLE 2 - APPROXIMATE RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN RESISTANCE RATIO AND TEMPERATURE FOR METALLIC SENSING RESISTORS ‫ ارﺗﺒﺎط ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ و دﻣﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﻫﺎي ﺣﺴﮕﺮ ﻓﻠﺰي‬-2 ‫ﺟﺪول‬ TEMPERATURE RESISTANCE RATIO Rt / Ro Rt / Ro ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ‬ (°C) ‫دﻣﺎ‬ Platinum* ‫ﭘﻼﺗﻴﻦ‬ Nickel ‫ﻧﻴﻜﻞ‬ Nickel -200 0.18 - - -100 -60 -50 0.60 0.76 0.80 0.70 0.74 0.57 0.74 0.79 0 50 100 1.00 1.19 1.38 1.00 1.29 1.62 1.00 1.21 1.43 150 180 200 1.57 1.68 1.76 1.99 2.23 - 1.65 - 250 300 350 1.94 2.12 2.30 - - 400 500 600 2.47 2.81 3.14 - - 700 800 850 3.45 3.76 3.90 - - Note: ‫ﻧﻴﻜﻞ‬ :‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬ Some thermometer sensors use padding resistors to bring the resistance of the sensor within specified limits. Generally, they are used in series with the sensing resistor, but in some types of nickel thermometers both series and shunt padding resistors are used to enable the thermometer sensor to match an exponential resistance/temperature curve. ‫ﺑﻌﻀﻲ از ﺣﺴﮕﺮﻫﺎي دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﺟﻬﺖ رﺳﺎﻧﺪن ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﺣﺴﮕﺮ‬ ‫ از ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺘﻜﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬،‫در ﻣﺤﺪوده ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه‬ ‫ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﺣﺴﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﺳﺮي‬،ً‫ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ‬.‫ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬ ‫ اﻣﺎ در ﺑﻌﻀﻲ از اﻧﻮاع دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻫﺎي ﻧﻴﻜﻞ‬،‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻫﺮ دو ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺘﻜﻲ ﺳﺮي و ﻣﻮازي ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮده‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺴﮕﺮ دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ را ﻗﺎدر ﺳﺎزد ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺤﻲ‬ .‫ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ و دﻣﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬ 37 May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ IPS-E-IN-120(0) TABLE 3- APPLICATION DATA FOR FILLED TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS ‫ داده ﻫﺎي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدي ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎي ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي دﻣﺎ‬3- ‫ﺟﺪول‬ System Type(note1) and Sama Class(Note2) Temperature Limits Span Minimum Limits of Over Range Maximum BuIb Size C F C F C F C F VPOR PRESSURE (Note 5) II-A, C ,and D -225-315 -425-660 40 70 220 400 28 50 II-B NOTE 6 -224-315 NOTE 6 -425-660 NOTE 6 40 70 220 400 50 OR 100 GAS PERSSURE III-B -270-760 -450-1400 110 200 NOTE 8 550 1000 760 550 1000 315 315 315 MERCURY EXPANSION V-A -38-650 -38 -1200 V-B -38-650 -38-1200 55 100 NOTE 8 55 100 EXPANSION LIQUID I-A I-B -185-315 -185-315 -300-600 -300-600 22 22 40 40 Maximum Length (Note3) meters feet Maximum 63%time constant (Note 4) seconds Minimum Inches mm Inches mm 45 150 6×5/8 152×16 2×3/8 51×9 - 45 150 6×5/8 152×16 2×3/8 51×9 - 30 100 10×7/8 254×21 6×5/8 152×16 200% OF SPAN 30 100 6×5/8 152×16 3×1/2 76×13 600 200% OF SPAN 15 50 6×5/8 152×16 3×1/2 76×13 600 600 100% OF SPAN 100%OF SPAN 30 6 100 20 6×3/8 6×3/8 152×9 152×9 3×1/4 3×1/4 76×6 76×6 NOTE 7 120 OR 212 1400 NOTE 9 37 2-8 NOTE 10 2-6 NOTE 10 2-6 NOTE 10 6 6 May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ IPS-E-IN-120(0) :‫ﻳﺎدآوري ﻫﺎ‬ Notes: ‫ اﻧﺒﺴﺎط ﺟﻴﻮه و اﻧﺒﺴﺎط‬،‫( ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺨﺎر‬1 1)Relative costs for vapor pressure, mercury expansion, and expansion liquid are low, medium-high, and high, respectively. 2) Scientific Association. Apparatus .‫ و زﻳﺎد ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬،‫ زﻳﺎد‬-‫ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬،‫ ﻛﻢ‬،‫ﻣﺎﻳﻌﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬ ‫( اﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪﮔﺎن وﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ‬2 Manufacturers 3)Longer lengths possible, but unwieldy bulb size or poor ambient temperature compensation usually result. ‫ اﻣﺎ اﻧﺪازه ﺑﺰرگ ﺣﺒﺎب‬،‫( ﻃﻮل ﻫﺎي ﺑﻠﻨﺪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﭘﺬﻳﺮ اﺳﺖ‬3 4) Time for temperature to reach 63 percent recovery constant of a step change for bulbs immersed in well-agitated liquid baths short tubing lengths and minimum bulb diameters required to obtain these minimum figures. ‫ درﺻﺪ ﺑﻬﺒﻮدي‬63 ‫ رﺳﻴﺪن ﺑﻪ‬،‫( زﻣﺎن ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺮاي دﻣﺎ‬4 .‫ﻳﺎ دﻣﺎي ﻧﺎﭼﻴﺰ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺟﺒﺮان ﺳﺎزي ﻻزم دارد‬ ‫ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﭘﻠﻪ اي ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺒﺎب ﻫﺎي ﻏﻮﻃﻪ ور در ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬ ‫ ﻃﻮل ﻫﺎي ﻛﻮﺗﺎه ﻧﺎﻳﻪ و ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺣﺒﺎب ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ‬،‫ﻣﺘﻼﻃﻢ‬ .‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮر رﺳﻴﺪن ﺑﻪ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ارﻗﺎم ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ 5) Scale for vapor pressure is non uniform. The other systems are uniform. Uniform motion or output with temperature can be accomplished for certain vapor pressure ranges by mechanical means. ‫ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ‬.‫( ﻣﻘﻴﺎس ﺑﺮاي ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺨﺎر ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬5 ‫ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺑﺎ‬.‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎ ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺤﺪوده ﻫﺎي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺨﺎر ﺑﺎ وﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬،‫دﻣﺎ‬ .‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺻﻮرت ﮔﻴﺮد‬ 6) Standard span as narrow as 10  C (20  F) is possible under certain application condition. Particularly, minimum temperature of -225  C (-425  F) is possible with special construction. ‫ درﺟﻪ‬20) ‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮس‬10 ‫( ﮔﺴﺘﺮه اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد از‬6 .‫ﻓﺎرﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﻣﻌﻴﻦ اﻣﻜﺎن ﭘﺬﻳﺮ اﺳﺖ‬ -425) ‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮس‬-225 ‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ دﻣﺎي‬،ً‫ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﺎ‬ .‫درﺟﻪ ﻓﺎرﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر ﻣﻌﻴﻦ اﻣﻜﺎن ﭘﺬﻳﺮ اﺳﺖ‬ 7) Above top scale temperature. .‫( ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﻴﺎس دﻣﺎي ﺣﺪ اﻛﺜﺮ‬7 8) Minimum gas and mercury system for force balance pneumatic transmitters is 50  C (90  F)  ‫( ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﮔﺎز و ﺟﻴﻮه ﺑﺮاي ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻫﻮاﺋﻲ ﻧﻴﺮوي‬8 .‫ درﺟﻪ ﻓﺎرﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( اﺳﺖ‬90) ‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮس‬50 ‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬،‫ﻣﻮازﻧﻪ‬  9) Reduce to 122 C (250 F) for narrowest spans. ‫ درﺟﻪ‬250) ‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮس‬122 ‫( ﻛﻢ ﻛﺮدن دﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ‬9 .‫ﻓﺎرﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( ﺑﺮاي ﮔﺴﺘﺮه ﻫﺎي ﻛﻢ ﭘﻬﻨﺎ‬ ‫ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪه ﻫﻮاﺋﻲ ﻧﻴﺮوي‬،‫( ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪار‬10 10) Lowest value generally attainable only with force balance pneumatic transmitters. These instruments have bulbs as small as 6×3/8 inches (gas system) and 3×3/8 inches (mercury system). ‫ اﻳﻦ ادوات اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴﻖ داراي‬.‫ﻣﻮازﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ اﺳﺖ‬ 3 ‫ﺣﺒﺎبﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ از‬ 8 3 .‫ اﻳﻨﭻ )ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺟﻴﻮه( ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬3 8 ‫ اﻳﻨﭻ ) ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﮔﺎز( و‬6 38 May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ IPS-E-IN-120(0) TABLE 4 - CLASSES OF THERMAL SYSTEMS IN GENERAL USE ‫ رده ﺑﻨﺪي ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ در اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬-4‫ﺟﺪول‬ CLASS DESCRIPTION ‫رده‬ ‫ﺷﺮح‬ CLASS I-A LIQUID-FILLED; UNIFORM SCALE; FULLY COMPENSATED. ‫ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺟﺒﺮان ﺳﺎزي ﺷﺪه‬، ‫ ﻣﻘﻴﺎس ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ‬،‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪه‬ CLASS I-B LIQUID-FILLED; UNIFORM SCALE; CASE COMPENSATED ONLY. ‫ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺟﺒﺮان ﺳﺎزي ﺷﺪه‬، ‫ ﻣﻘﻴﺎس ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ‬، ‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﭘﺮﺷﺪه‬ CLASS II-A VAPOR PRESSURE; INCREASING SCALE; WITH MEASURED TEMPERATURE ABOVE CASE AND TUBING TEMPERATURE. ‫ ﺑﺎ دﻣﺎي اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻻي ﺑﺪﻧﻪ و دﻣﺎي ﻧﺎﻳﻪ‬، ‫ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﻣﻘﻴﺎس‬، ‫ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺨﺎر‬ CLASS II-B VAPOR PRESSURE; INCREASING SCALE; WITH MEASURED TEMPERATURE BELOW CASE AND TUBING TEMPERATURE. ‫ ﺑﺎ دﻣﺎي اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه زﻳﺮ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ و دﻣﺎي ﻧﺎﻳﻪ‬، ‫ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﻣﻘﻴﺎس‬، ‫ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺨﺎر‬ CLASS II-C VAPOR PRESSURE; INCREASING SCALE; WITH MEASURED TEMPERATURE ABOVE AND BELOW CASE AND TUBING TEMPERATURE. ‫ ﺑﺎ دﻣﺎي اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻻ و زﻳﺮ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ و دﻣﺎي ﻧﺎﻳﻪ‬، ‫ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﻣﻘﻴﺎس‬، ‫ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺨﺎر‬ CLASS II-D VAPOR PRESSURE; INCREASING SCALE; ABOVE, AT, AND BELOW CASE AND TUBING TEMPERATURE. ‫ و زﻳﺮ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ و دﻣﺎي ﻧﺎﻳﻪ‬،‫ در‬،‫ ﺑﺎﻻ‬، ‫ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﻣﻘﻴﺎس‬، ‫ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺨﺎر‬ CLASS III-A CLASS III-B GAS-FILLED; UNIFORM SCALE; FULLY COMPENSATED. ‫ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺟﺒﺮان ﺷﺪه‬، ‫ ﻣﻘﻴﺎس ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ‬، ‫ﮔﺎز ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪه‬ GAS-FILLED; UNIFORM SCALE; CASE COMPENSATED ONLY. ‫ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺟﺒﺮان ﺳﺎزي ﺷﺪه‬، ‫ ﻣﻘﻴﺎس ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ‬، ‫ﮔﺎز ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪه‬ CLASS V-A MERCURY-FILLED; UNIFORM SCALE; FULLY COMPENSATED. ‫ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺟﺒﺮان ﺳﺎزي ﺷﺪه‬، ‫ ﻣﻘﻴﺎس ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ‬، ‫ﺟﻴﻮه ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪه‬ CLASS V-B MERCURY-FILLED; UNIFORM SCALE; CASE COMPENSATED ONLY. ‫ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺟﺒﺮان ﺳﺎزي ﺷﺪه‬، ‫ ﻣﻘﻴﺎس ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ‬، ‫ﺟﻴﻮه ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪه‬ 39 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ ‪May. 2010 / 1389‬‬ ‫)‪IPS-E-IN-120(0‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺪوده ﻫﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻄﻮط ﻣﻤﺘﺪ ﺑﺮاي دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ و ﮔﺎز ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪه ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺪودﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻄﻮط ﺧﻂ و ﺧﻂ ﺗﻴﺮه ﺑﺮاي دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻫﺎي ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺨﺎر ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﻄﻮط ﻣﻤﺘﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه ﻣﺤﺪوده ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Fig. 31-TEMPERATURE RANGES FOR FILLED SYSTEM THERMOMETERS‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -31‬ﻣﺤﺪوده ﻫﺎي دﻣﺎ ﺑﺮاي دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪه‬ ‫‪40‬‬ May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ IPS-E-IN-120(0) TABLE 5 - THERMOCOUPLE TYPE LETTER DESIGNATIONS ‫ ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺣﺮف ﺑﺮاي اﻧﻮاع ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ‬-5 ‫ﺟﺪول‬ TYPE NOMINAL TEMPERATURE RANGE MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION NEGATIVE MATERIAL POSITIVE MATERIAL ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺟﻨﺲ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺪوده دﻣﺎي ﻧﺎﻣﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺟﻨﺲ‬ ‫ﺟﻨﺲ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ‬ ‫ﺟﻨﺲ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ‬ B 0 TO 1820°C PLATINUM-30 PERCENT RHODIUM E -270 TO 1000°C NICKEL-10 PERCENT CHROMIUM J -210 TO 760°C IRON K -270 TO 1372°C NICKEL-10 PERCENT CHROMIUM R -50 TO 1768°C PLATINUM-13 PERCENT RHODIUM S -50 TO 1768°C PLATINUM-10 PERCENT RHODIUM T -270 TO 400°C COPPER VERSUS PLATINUM-6 VERSUS COPPER-NICKEL VERSUS COPPER-NICKEL VERSUS SILICON) PERCENT RHODIUM NICKEL-5 PERCENT (ALUMINUM, VERSUS PLATINUM VERSUS PLATINUM VERSUS COPPER-NICKEL TABLE 6 - COLOR CODE-DUPLEX INSULATED THERMOCOUPLE WIRE ‫ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ دوﺑﻞ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺷﺪه‬-‫ ﻛﺪ رﻧﮓ‬-6 ‫ﺟﺪول‬ Type E THERMOCOUPLE COLOR of INSULATION ‫ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ‬ ‫رﻧﮓ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ‬ Positive EP Negative EN J JP JN K KP KN T TP TN Overall * Positive * Negative Brown Purple Red ‫ﻗﻬﻮه اي‬ Brown ‫ﻗﻬﻮه اي‬ Brown ‫ﻗﻬﻮه اي‬ Brown ‫ﻗﻬﻮه اي‬ ‫ﺑﻨﻔﺶ‬ White ‫ﺳﻔﻴﺪ‬ Yellow ‫زرد‬ Blue ‫آﺑﻲ‬ Red Red Red ‫ﻗﺮﻣﺰ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﻣﺰ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﻣﺰ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﻣﺰ‬ * A tracer color of the positive wire code color may be used in the overall braid. .‫*ردﻳﺎﺑﻲ رﻧﮓ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻛﺪ رﻧﮓ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ در ﺑﻬﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪن و ﺑﺎﻓﺘﻦ روﻛﺶ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬ 41 May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ IPS-E-IN-120(0) TABLE 7- COLOR CODE- SINGLE CONDUCTOR INSULATED THERMOCOUPLE EXTENSION WIRE ‫ ﻛﺪ رﻧﮓ – ﺳﻴﻢ راﺑﻂ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺷﺪه ﻫﺎدي ﺗﻜﻲ‬-7 ‫ﺟﺪول‬ EXTENSION WIRE TYPE COLOR of INSULATION ‫ﻧﻮع ﺳﻴﻢ راﺑﻂ‬ ‫رﻧﮓ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ‬ Type Positive Negative B BPX BNX E EPX ENX J JPX JNX K KPX KNX R or S SPX SNX T TPX TNX Positive Negative * Gray Red-Gray Trace ‫ﺧﺎﻛﺴﺘﺮي‬ Purple ‫ﺑﻨﻔﺶ‬ White ‫ﺳﻔﻴﺪ‬ Yellow ‫زرد‬ Black ‫ﺳﻴﺎه‬ Blue ‫آﺑﻲ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻂ ﺧﺎﻛﺴﺘﺮي‬ Red-Purple Trace ‫ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻂ ﺑﻨﻔﺶ‬ Red-White Trace ‫ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻂ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ‬ Red-Yellow Trace ‫ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻂ زرد‬ Red-Black Trace ‫ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻂ ﺳﻴﺎه‬ Red-Blue Trace ‫ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻂ آﺑﻲ‬ ‫*رﻧﮓ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ردﻳﺎب ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان‬ ‫ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮ وﺳﺎﺋﻞ دﻳﮕﺮ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺖ‬،‫ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪن و ﺑﺎﻓﺘﻦ‬،‫ردﻳﺎب‬ .‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻜﺎر رود‬ * The color identified as a trace may be applied as a tracer, braid, or by any other readily identifiable means. Note of Caution: :‫ﻳﺎدآوري اﺣﺘﻴﺎط‬ In the procurement of random lengths of single conductor insulated extension wire, it must be recognized that such wire is commercially combined in matching pairs to conform to established temperature-EMF curves. Therefore, it is imperative that all single conductor insulated extension wire be procured in pairs, at the same time, and same source. ،‫در ﺗﻬﻴﻪ اﺗﻔﺎﻗﻲ ﻃﻮل ﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻢ راﺑﻂ ﻫﺎدي ﺗﻜﻲ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺷﺪه‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ داده ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﻤﻲ در ﺑﺎزار ﺑﺼﻮرت‬ ‫ ﻧﻴﺮوي‬- ‫زوج ﻫﺎي ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻫﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺷﺪه ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ دﻣﺎ‬ ‫ ﺿﺮوري‬،‫ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ‬.‫( ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬EMF) ‫ﻣﺤﺮﻛﻪ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬ ‫اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي راﺑﻂ ﻫﺎدي ﺗﻜﻲ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺷﺪه ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎن‬ .‫و از ﻫﻤﺎن ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬ TABLE 8- COLOR CODE- DUPLEX INSULATED THERMOCOUPLE EXTENSION WIRE ‫ ﺳﻴﻢ راﺑﻂ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ دوﺑﻞ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺷﺪه‬- ‫ ﻛﺪ رﻧﮓ‬-8 ‫ﺟﺪول‬ EXTENSION WIRE TYPE COLOR of INSULATION ‫ﻧﻮع ﺳﻴﻢ ارﺗﺒﺎﻃﻲ‬ ‫رﻧﮓ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ‬ Type Positive Negative B BPX BNX E EPX ENX J JPX JNX K KPX KNX R or S SPX SNX T TPX TNX * A tracer having the color corresponding to Overall Positive Gray ‫ﺧﺎﻛﺴﺘﺮي‬ Purple ‫ﺑﻨﻔﺶ‬ Black ‫ﺳﻴﺎه‬ Yellow ‫زرد‬ Green ‫ﺳﺒﺰ‬ Blue ‫آﺑﻲ‬ Gray ‫ﺧﺎﻛﺴﺘﺮي‬ Purple ‫ﺑﻨﻔﺶ‬ White ‫ﺳﻔﻴﺪ‬ Yellow ‫زرد‬ Black ‫ﺳﻴﺎه‬ Blue ‫آﺑﻲ‬ Negative * Red Red Red Red Red Red ‫ﻗﺮﻣﺰ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﻣﺰ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﻣﺰ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﻣﺰ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﻣﺰ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﻣﺰ‬ ‫* ردﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﻪ داراي رﻧﮓ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺪ رﻧﮓ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ در ﻛﺪ رﻧﮓ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬ .‫ﺷﻮد‬ the positive wire code color may be used on the negative wire color code. 42 ‫)‪IPS-E-IN-120(0‬‬ ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ ‪May. 2010 / 1389‬‬ ‫ﺟﺴﻢ ﻧﺴﻮز و ﻋﺎﻳﻖ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺞ‬ ‫ﻏﻼف ﻓﻮﻻدي‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻳﺎ اﺗﺼﺎل‬ ‫رزوه دار‬ ‫ﺣﺪود ‪ 3‬اﻳﻨﭻ‬ ‫ﺟﺴﻢ ﻧﺴﻮز و ﻋﺎﻳﻖ‬ ‫ﺣﺪود ‪ 3‬اﻳﻨﭻ‬ ‫ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‬ ‫ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻛﻒ‬ ‫رزوه دار‬ ‫ﻏﻼف ﻓﻮﻻدي‬ ‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ وزن ﺑﺪون‬ ‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ‪ 24‬اﻳﻨﭻ‬ ‫اﺗﺼﺎل‬ ‫)ﻳﺎدآوري ‪(3‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪود ‪ 3‬اﻳﻨﭻ‬ ‫ﺑﺪون ﭼﺎه‬ ‫ﻓﺸﺮده‬ ‫‪Fig. 32-TYPICAL FIRE BOX THERMOCOUPLE INSTALLATIONS‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -32‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻛﻮره آﺗﺸﺪان‬ ‫ﻳﺎدآوري ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫‪Notes:‬‬ ‫‪ (1‬ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ‪ 13‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )‪0/5‬‬ ‫)‪1) Thermocouple should be 13 mm (0.500-inch‬‬ ‫‪outside diameter by 3 mm (0.120-inch) wall‬‬ ‫‪MgO insulated 2 mm2 (14 gage) nickel (90‬‬ ‫‪percent)- chromium (10 percent) thermocouple‬‬ ‫‪wire with 446 stainless sheath, or material listed‬‬ ‫‪in API RP 556 table 2.‬‬ ‫اﻳﻨﭻ(‪ ،‬و ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ دﻳﻮاره ‪ 3‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )‪ ./120‬اﻳﻨﭻ( ﺑﺎ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ‬ ‫اﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﻣﻨﻴﺰﻳﻢ ‪ 2‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮﻣﺮﺑﻊ )‪14‬ﮔﻴﺞ(‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﻜﻞ )‪ 90‬درﺻﺪ(‪-‬‬ ‫ﻛﺮم )‪ 10‬درﺻﺪ( ﺳﻴﻢ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﺑﺎ ﻏﻼف ﻓﻮﻻد ﺿﺪ زﻧﮓ‬ ‫‪ ،446‬ﻳﺎ از ﺟﻨﺲ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺷﺪه در ﺟﺪول ‪ 2‬اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ‪API‬‬ ‫‪ RP 556‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬ ‫‪2) The head end of the thermocouple should have‬‬ ‫‪50 mm (2 inches) of exposed wire. The mineral‬‬ ‫‪insulation shall be removed to a depth of at least‬‬ ‫‪7 mm (¼ -inch) and potted with compound.‬‬ ‫‪ (2‬اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﺳﺮ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ داراي ‪ 50‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )‪2‬‬ ‫اﻳﻨﭻ( ﺳﻴﻢ روﺑﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪7‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ) اﻳﻨﭻ( ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ و ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻧﻤﻮدن در ﻇﺮف‬ ‫رﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬ ‫‪3) The 600 mm (24-inch) maximum immersion‬‬ ‫‪does not apply to top-entering installations.‬‬ ‫‪ (3‬ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻏﻮﻃﻪ وري ‪ 600‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )‪ 24‬اﻳﻨﭻ( در ﻧﺼﺐ‬ ‫ﻫﺎي ورودي از ﺑﺎﻻ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﻧﺪارد‪.‬‬ ‫‪43‬‬ ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ ‪May. 2010 / 1389‬‬ ‫)‪IPS-E-IN-120(0‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻳﻪ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬ ‫ﺣﻠﻘﻪ اﻧﺒﺴﺎط اﻟﻤﺎن‬ ‫دو ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻧﺎﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻏﻼف اﻟﻤﺎن‬ ‫ﻏﻼف اﻟﻤﺎن‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻳﻪ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬ ‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺑﺎز‬ ‫دﻳﻮاره ﻛﻮره‬ ‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬ ‫ﻛﻼﻫﻚ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل‬ ‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﮔﺮم‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬ ‫ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻳﻪ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬ ‫ﺟﻮش ﭘﺮ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬ ‫ﺗﺎﻧﮋاﻧﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﻃﻮل ﻛﻞ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎت ﺑﻪ دو‬ ‫ﻃﺮف ﻟﺒﻪ ﺗﻴﺰ ﺟﻮش ﺷﻮد‬ ‫‪Fig. 33-KNIFE EDGE TUBE SURFACE THERMOCOUPLE FOR HEATER TUBE‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -33‬ﻧﺎﻳﻪ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺗﻴﺰ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺎﻳﻪ ﻛﻮره‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺼﻞ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺼﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬ ‫ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺷﺪه‬ ‫‪Fig. 34- CASE COMPENSATIONS‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -34‬ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺟﺒﺮان ﺳﺎزي ﺷﺪه‬ ‫‪44‬‬ ‫)‪IPS-E-IN-120(0‬‬ ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ ‪May. 2010 / 1389‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎرﭘﻴﭻ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي‬ ‫ﻣﺎرﭘﻴﭻ ﺟﺒﺮان ﺳﺎز‬ ‫ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺷﺪه‬ ‫‪Fig. 35-CASE AND CAPILLARY COMPENSATION‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -35‬ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﺋﻴﻦ ﺟﺒﺮان ﺳﺎزي ﺷﺪه‬ ‫‪45‬‬ May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ DATA SHEETS 46 IPS-E-IN-120(0) ‫)‪IPS-E-IN-120(0‬‬ ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ ‪May. 2010 / 1389‬‬ ‫داده ﺑﺮگ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫‪47‬‬ May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ 48 IPS-E-IN-120(0) May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ 49 IPS-E-IN-120(0) May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ 50 IPS-E-IN-120(0) May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ 51 IPS-E-IN-120(0) May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ 52 IPS-E-IN-120(0) May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ 53 IPS-E-IN-120(0) May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ 54 IPS-E-IN-120(0) May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ 55 IPS-E-IN-120(0) May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ 56 IPS-E-IN-120(0) May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ 57 IPS-E-IN-120(0) May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ 58 IPS-E-IN-120(0) May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ 59 IPS-E-IN-120(0) May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ 60 IPS-E-IN-120(0) May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ 61 IPS-E-IN-120(0) May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ 62 IPS-E-IN-120(0) May. 2010 / 1389 ‫اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬ 63 IPS-E-IN-120(0)

IPS-E-IN-120(1)

Related documents

Products

Support

IPS-E-IN-120(1)

Related documents

Add this document to collection(s)

Add this document to saved

Suggest us how to improve StudyLib